2 - Sony Asia Pacific

Transcription

4-096-724-71 (1)
Trinitron Color TV KV-HR36
Trinitron Color TV
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ’ Trinitron
GB
Operating Instructions
• Before operating the unit, please read this manual thoroughly and retain it
for future reference.
TH
KV-HR36
M61
© 2003 Sony Corporation
01GB+&01COV.p65
1
9/18/03, 2:21 PM
Sony KV-HR36 M61(S) (GB/TH).4-096-724-71 (1)
WARNING
• Dangerously high voltages are present inside the TV.
• TV operating voltage: 220–240 V AC.
• Do not plug in the power cord until you have completed making all other
connections; otherwise a minimum leakage current might flow through the antenna
and other terminals to ground.
• To avoid battery leakage and damage to the remote, remove the batteries from the
remote if you are not going to use it for several days. If any liquid leaks from the
batteries and touches your skin, immediately wash it away with water.
2
For your own safety, do not touch any part of the
TV, the power cord and the antenna cable during
lightning storms.
For children’s safety, do not leave children
alone with the TV. Do not allow children to
climb onto it.
To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the
TV to rain or moisture.
Do not operate the TV if any liquid or solid object
falls into it. Have it checked immediately by
qualified personnel only.
Do not block the ventilation openings of the TV.
Do not install the TV in a confined space, such as a
bookcase or built-in cabinet.
Clean the TV with a dry and soft cloth.
Do not use benzine, thinner, or any other chemicals to
clean the TV. Do not attach anything (e.g., adhesive
tape, cellophane tape, glue) on the painted cabinet of
the TV. Do not scratch the picture tube.
Do not open the cabinet and the rear cover of the
TV as high voltages and other hazards are present
inside the TV. Refer servicing and disposal of the
TV to qualified personnel.
Your TV is recommended for home use only.
Do not use the TV in any vehicle or where it may
be subject to excessive dust, heat, moisture or
vibrations.
Do not place any
objects on the TV. The
apparatus shall not be
exposed to dripping or
splashing and that no
objects filled with
liquids, such as vases,
shall be placed on the
apparatus.
Install the TV on a stable TV stand and floor which
can support the TV set weight. Ensure that the TV
stand surface is flat and its area is larger than the
bottom area of the TV.
Do not plug in too many appliances to the same
power socket. Do not damage the power cord.
Pull the power cord out by the plug. Do not pull
the power cord itself. Even if your TV is turned
off, it is still connected to the AC power source
(mains) as long as the power cord is plugged in.
Unplug the TV before moving it or if you are not
going to use it for several days.
GB
About the glazed finish on the top
and side panels of your TV
The top and side panels of your TV are glaze finished.
To keep them from discoloring, deterioration or scratching:
• Avoid hitting your TV with an object.
• Do not put a hot object such as a cup of coffee, or heavy object such as a flower vase
with water, on the TV top. If any liquid fall into the cabinet, it may cause fire or
shock hazard.
3
4
The features you will enjoy include:
Your TV also offers the following features:
• “DRC-MF” for viewing higher quality
pictures (page 21)
• “TWIN” for viewing two programs
(page 28)
• “PROGRAM INDEX“ for displaying
multiple programs (page 31)
• “Picture Mode”/“Sound Mode”/
“Surround” for customizing your TV
(pages 20 and 33)
• “Wide Screen” to enjoy wide mode
pictures (page 24)
• “MEMORY STICK” button on the
remote control for viewing still pictures
and movies stored in a “Memory
Stick”(page 42)
• Initial Setup function for on-screen language
selection, picture position adjustment and
automatic channel presetting. (page 9)
• Menu language options
— English/Thai (page 84)
• “Program Block” for locking out specific
channels (page 93)
• “Intelligent Volume” for automatic volume
adjustment (page 78)
• “Fine” tuning feature (page 89)
• Button Joystick
on the remote control for
easier operation (page 73)
• “Eco Mode” to save energy (page 85)
• “Game Mode” for video games (page 85)
Using Your New TV
Table of Contents
WARNING
Using Your New TV
Advanced Operations
Adjusting Your Setup (MENU)
Selecting the picture and sound
modes ............................................... 20
Viewing higher quality pictures ...... 21
Customizing the picture Reality and
Clarity levels ................................... 22
Using wide screen mode .................. 24
Watching two programs at the same
time ................................................... 28
Displaying multiple programs ........ 31
Listening with surround sound ....... 33
Enjoying stereo or bilingual
programs ......................................... 34
Viewing Teletext ................................. 36
Operating optional components ...... 38
Using the TV’s center speaker ......... 41
Using the “Memory Stick” viewer .. 42
Introducing the menu system .......... 70
Changing the “Picture” setting ........ 74
Changing the “Sound” setting ......... 77
Entering the “Memory Stick”
menu ................................................ 80
Changing the “Wide Screen”
setting ............................................... 81
Operating the “Multi Picture”
using the menu ............................... 83
Changing the “Setup” setting .......... 84
Using Your New TV
Getting Started ............................................................................................. 6
Step 1 Secure the TV .............................................................................. 6
Step 2 Connect the antenna .................................................................. 7
Step 3 Insert the batteries into the remote .......................................... 8
Step 4 Set up your TV automatically .................................................. 9
Connecting optional components ........................................................... 11
Watching the TV ........................................................................................ 17
Additional Information
Troubleshooting ................................. 96
Self-diagnosis function ................... 102
Identifying parts and controls ...... 103
Specifications ................................... 107
Table of Contents
5
Using Your New TV
Getting Started
Step 1
Secure the TV
To prevent the TV from falling, use the supplied screws, clamps and band to secure
the TV.
20 mm
3.8 mm
clamps
screws
band
Screw the band to the TV stand and to the
provided hole at the rear of your TV.
or
(1) Put a cord or chain through the clamps.
(2) Screw one clamp to a wall or pillar and
the other clamp to the provided hole at
the rear of your TV.
or
(1) Attach each end of a cord or chain to
the provided holders at the rear of your
TV.
(2) Securely fix the attached cord or chain
to a wall or pillar using an attachment
which can support the TV set weight.
Note
• Use only the supplied screws. Use of other screws may damage the TV.
6
Using Your New TV
Step 2
Connect the antenna
If you wish to connect a VCR, see the “Connect a VCR” diagram on page 8.
Using Your New TV
Rear of TV
Antenna cable with filter
(supplied)
or
(supplied)
: Signal flow
For optimum Performance
To connect the TV to the antenna or the VCR, use the supplied
antenna cable with filter.
Note that one end of the cable has a male plug fitted while the other
end is fitted with a female socket. Connect the male plug to the 8
(antenna) terminal of the TV.
CAUTION
Do not connect the power cord until all other connections are complete;
otherwise, a minimal current leakage through the antenna and/or other
terminals to the ground could occur.
continued
Using Your New TV
7
Getting Started (continued)
Connect a VCR
To play a video tape, press t (see page 18).
To 8 (antenna)
(supplied)
Rear of TV
To antenna
output
VCR
S video cable
(not supplied)
Y
Y
G
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
AUDIO VIDEO
To S
video
output
To
(S video
input)
To video and
audio outputs
: Signal flow
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
HD
SYNC
VD
L
R
2
To t 1, 2 or 3 (video input)
(yellow)
-L (MONO) (white)
-R (red)
Notes
• If you connect a monaural VCR, connect the yellow plug to
(the yellow
jack) and the black plug to -L (MONO) (the white jack).
• If you connect a VCR to the 8 (antenna) terminal, preset the signal
output from the VCR to the program number 0 on the TV.
• When you connect a VCR to the S video input, display the “Setup” menu
and select “Auto” for “S Input” (see page 86). If the signals are input to
both
(S video input) and
(video input), the S video signal is
automatically selected. To view the video signal input to
(video input),
select “Off” for “S Input”.
Step 3
Insert the batteries into
the remote
Note
• Do not use old batteries or different types of batteries together.
8
Using Your New TV
Step 4
Set up your TV automatically
Using Your New TV
When you first turned on the TV, the “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position”
menus will appear in the process of “Initial Setup”. These menus allow you to adjust
the inclination of picture, shift of the picture vertical position, and color patches
caused by the earth’s magnetic field. (These phenomena do not indicate the TV’s
problem.) Adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” appropriately.
Tip
• When you install the TV to another location, make sure to adjust “Picture Rotation” and
“Picture V-Position” using the menu (see page 87).
VIDEO
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
PROG
MENU
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
A/B
V CENTER
PRO
G+
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
!
1
2
P RO
G–
Press ! to turn on the TV.
The “Initial Setup” menu
appears, and you can select
the on-screen language.
Move
up or down to
select the desired
.
language, then press
“Start auto program now?”
appears.
3
IN
MENU
Move
up or down to
select “Yes”, then press
to preset the
channels automatically.
The screen will indicate
automatic presetting is in
progress. After channel
presetting is complete, the
“Picture Rotation” menu
appears.
I n i t i a l Se t u p
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
F i r s t p l e a s e c on n e c t
c a b l e / a n t en na
S t a r t a u t o p r o g r am n ow?
IN
G–
IN
G–
Se l e c t :
Yes
No
Co n f i r m :
End :
Au t o Pr o g r am
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
P r o g r am : 0 9
TV Sy s t em: Au t o
VHF L ow :
G–
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
En d :
P i c t u r e Ro t a t i o n
Select :
Co n f i r m :
End :
continued
Using Your New TV
9
Getting Started (continued)
4
If the upper and lower
bars are slanted, move
left or right so that they
become horizontal, then
.
press
IN
TW
PRO
G+
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
G–
TW
PRO
IN
TW
PRO
G+
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
TW
PRO
IN
IN
P i c t u r e V- P o s i t i o n
Select :
G–
Co n f i r m :
End :
“Picture V-Position” menu
appears.
5
If the upper and lower
bars are not equally
positioned to the top and
bottom of the screen,
up or down to
move
adjust them, then press
.
I n i t i a l Se t u p
D i s p l a y t h i s menu n e x t t i me?
Yes
No
IN
G–
IN
G–
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
“Display this menu next
time?” appears.
6
Move
up or down to select “No”, then press
.
The “Initial Setup” menu will not appear again the next time you turn on
the TV by pressing !.
To allow this menu to appear again, select “Yes”, then press
.
Tips
• You can immediately go to the end of the “Initial Setup” menu by pressing
MENU.
• If your TV has preset an unwanted channel or cannot preset a particular
channel, then preset your TV manually (see page 88).
Notes
• Before adjusting “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position”, keep
external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. The
magnetic disturbance from these equipment or the direction of the earth’s
magnetic field may affect the TV.
• If you do not succeed in adjusting “Picture Rotation” and “Picture VPosition”, turn off the TV and change its location or direction, then try to
adjust using the menu. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. If
you do, abnormal color patches may appear on the picture. Press ! on the
TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to
demagnetize the TV.
• When adjusting “Picture Rotation”, adjust the value step by step. If you
rotate the bars largely at a time, color distortion may occur.
• You cannot adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” when HD
signals are input or “Memory Stick” mode is selected.
10
Using Your New TV
Connecting optional components
Connecting a camcorder/video game equipment
using t 4 (video input 4) jacks
Front of TV
Video game
equipment
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
To S video
output
To
(S video input)
S video cable (not supplied)
Using Your New TV
You can connect optional audio/video components, such as a VCR,
a DTV (Digital Television) receiver, multi disc player, camcorder,
video game, or stereo system. To watch and operate the connected
equipment, see pages 18 and 38.
PROG
MENU
L(MONO)
R
4
To t 4 (video input)
(yellow)
-L (MONO) (white)
-R (red)
or
Camcorder
Audio/Video cable (not supplied)
To video and
audio outputs
: Signal flow
Notes
• When connecting video game equipment, display the “Setup” menu and
select “On” for “Game Mode” to adjust the picture setting that is suitable
for video games (see page 85).
• You can also connect video equipment to the t 1, 2, or 3 (video input)
jacks at the rear of your TV.
• When you connect video equipment to the S video input, display the
“Setup” menu and select “Auto” for “S Input” (see page 86). If the signals
are input to both
(S video input) and
(video input), the S video
signal is automatically selected. To view the video signal input to
(video input), select “Off” for “S Input”.
continued
Using Your New TV
11
Connecting optional components (continued)
Connecting audio/video equipment using the T
(monitor output) jacks
Rear of TV
C
#
3
Antenna cable (supplied)
120W MAX 8Ω
Y
Y
G
PB/
CB
PR/
CR
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
L
L
(MONO)
L
HD
SYNC
VD
To antenna
output
Audio system
VCR
R
1
2
3
R
R
1
To T
(monitor
output)
2
(yellow)
-L (MONO)
(white)
-R (red)
or
To
audio
inputs
To video
and audio
inputs
Audio/Video cable (not supplied)
Audio cable
(not supplied)
: Signal flow
Note
• If you select “HD/DVD 1” or “HD/DVD 2” on your TV screen (see page
18), sound will be heard but no picture will be output from T (monitor
output). This does not indicate a malfunction.
12
Using Your New TV
Connecting a DVD player to
1 or 2 jacks
(component video input)
Rear of TV
Component video cable
(not supplied)
Using Your New TV
To
1 or 2
(component video input)
To component
video output
Audio cable
(not supplied)
To audio
outputs
Y
G
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
L
CR
CB
Y
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO
R
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
S VIDEO OUT
LINE OUT
To
-L (white)
-R (red)
1
2
: Signal flow
DVD player
Notes
• Some DVD player terminals may be labeled differently:
Connect
To (on the DVD player)
Y (green)
Y
PB/CB (blue)
Cb, B-Y or PB
PR/CR (red)
Cr, R-Y or PR
• Connect nothing to the HD/VD jacks when connecting a DVD player to
1 or 2 (component video input).
• If you select “HD/DVD 1” or “HD/DVD 2” on your TV screen (see page
18), sound will be heard but no picture will be output from T (monitor
output). This does not indicate a malfunction.
(component video
• When receiving a progressive signal through
input), TWIN pictures and PROGRAM INDEX features are not available,
and “DRC-MF”, “DRC Palette” and “Game Mode” are not selectable.
continued
Using Your New TV
13
Connecting a DVD player to t (video input) 1, 2 or 3 jacks
To video and
audio outputs
Rear of TV
Audio/Video cable
(not supplied)
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO
LINE OUT
R
To t 1, 2, or 3
(video input)
1
2
3
(yellow)
-L (MONO) (white)
-R (red)
DVD player
: Signal flow
Notes
• Since the high quality pictures on a DVD disc contain a lot of information,
picture noise may appear. In this case, display the “Picture” menu and
select “Personal” for “Picture Mode”, then adjust the sharpness
(“Sharpness”) under “Picture Adjustment” (see page 76).
• You can also connect a DVD player to
(S video input) on the TV.
14
Using Your New TV
Connecting a DTV (digital television) receiver to
1 or 2 (component video input) jacks
Rear of TV
To
1 or 2
(Component video input)
To component
video output
Digital TV receiver
Using Your New TV
Component video cable
(not supplied)
V
VD
To audio
outputs
Audio cable
(not supplied)
2
To
-L (white)
-R (red)
: Signal flow
Note
• The TV is equipped with the G/B/R/HD/VD inputs.
If your DTV receiver is equipped with the Y/PB/PR output connectors,
connect it to the Y/PB/PR connectors of
1 or
2. Connect nothing to
2.
the HD/VD connectors of
If your DTV receiver is not equipped with the Y/PB/PR output connectors,
connect it to the G/B/R/HD/VD connectors of
2.
Tip
• The TV accepts the following signal formats:
Total scanning line
Effective scanning line
fV (Hz)
1125i
1080i
50/60
750p
720p
50/60
625p
576p
50
625i
576i
50
525p
480p
60
525i
480i
60
continued
Using Your New TV
15
Connecting an amplifier
If you use an amplifier with a Dolby* surround decoder instead of
the TV’s audio system, you can use the TV’s speakers as the center
speaker for your audio system.
Using the speaker cords supplied with the amplifier, connect the
(center speaker input)
speaker terminals of the amplifier to the
terminals on the TV.
C
120W
MAX
8Ω
C
To
1 or 2
(Component video input)
To
(center speaker
input)
120W MAX 8Ω
Y
Y
G
PB/
CB
To component
video cable
(not supplied)
HD
SYNC
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
PR/
CR
(MONO)
L
L
L
R
R
VD
R
1
2
3
1
To
Audio cable
(not supplied)
2
-L (white)
-R (red)
To digital
audio input
Amplifier
To audio
outputs
To component
video output
Optical digital
cable (not supplied)
Front
speaker (L)
Front
speaker (R)
Rear
speaker (L)
Rear
speaker (R)
DVD player
To digital audio output
Woofer
: Signal flow
Note
• To use the TV’s speakers as the center speaker, display the “Sound” menu
and select “CENTER IN” for “Speaker” (see page 78).
* “Dolby” is a trademark of Dolby Laboratories.
16
Using Your New TV
Watching the TV
VIDEO
This section explains various functions
and operations used while watching the
TV. Most operations can be done using
the remote.
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
IN
TW
IN
HD/DVD
G–
HD/DVD
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROR
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
Using Your New TV
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
Number
buttons
PROG
MENU
JUMP
PROG
PROG
+/–
OPTION
RESET
2 +/–
1 indicator
TV
1
2
Press ! to turn on the TV.
When the TV is in standby mode (the 1
indicator on the TV is lit red), press !/1 on
the remote.
Press PROG +/– or the number
buttons to select the TV
channel.
For double digit numbers, press
-, then the number (e.g., for 25,
press -, then 2 and 5).
PROG
or
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Note
• When you turn on the TV, either the program number or video mode is
displayed for approximately 40 seconds. The Eco Mode (
) icon will
also appear if “Eco Mode” in the “Setup” menu is set to “On” (see page
85).
continued
Using Your New TV
17
Watching the TV (continued)
To select a TV program quickly
1 Press and hold PROG +/–.
2 Release PROG +/– when the desired program number appears.
Note
• When you select a TV program quickly, the picture may be disrupted.
This does not indicate a malfunction.
Additional tasks
To
Press
Turn off temporarily
@/1.
The 1 indicator on the TV lights up red.
Turn off completely
! on the TV.
Adjust the volume
2 +/–.
Mute the sound
%.
Watch the video input
(VCR, camcorder, etc.)
t (or t on the TV) to select “VIDEO 1”,
“VIDEO 2”, “VIDEO 3”, “VIDEO 4”, “HD/DVD
1” or “HD/DVD 2”.
To return to the TV screen, press a (or t on
the TV).
Watch the component
input
(DVD, DTV receiver)
HD/DVD to select “HD/DVD 1” or “HD/DVD
2”.
To return to the TV screen, press a (or t on
the TV).
Jump back to the
previous channel
JUMP.
Display the on-screen
information*
.
* Some picture/sound settings, and either the program number or video
mode are displayed. The on-screen display for the picture/sound settings
disappears after about 3 seconds.
18
Using Your New TV
Setting the Wake Up timer
1
Press until the desired
period of time appears.
2
3
Wake Up Timer:Off
No Wake Up Timer
Wake Up Timer:12H00M
After 12 hours
Select the TV channel or video mode you want to wake up to.
Press !/1, or set the Sleep timer if you want the TV to turn off automatically.
The indicator on the TV lights up orange.
Using Your New TV
The Wake Up timer starts
immediately after you
have set it.
Wake Up Timer:10M
After 10 minutes
To cancel the Wake Up timer
Press until “Wake Up Timer: Off” appears, or press ! on the TV
to turn it off.
Note
• If no buttons or controls are pressed for more than two hours after the TV
is turned on using the Wake Up timer, the TV automatically goes into
standby mode. To resume watching the TV, press any button on the TV or
the remote.
Setting the Sleep timer
Press until the desired
period of time appears.
You can select the period of
time from among 15, 30, 45,
60, 75 and 90 minutes.
The Sleep timer starts
immediately after you
have set it.
Sleep Timer:15M
After 15 minutes
Sleep Timer:Off
No Sleep Timer
Sleep Timer:90M
After 90 minutes
To cancel the Sleep timer
Press
until “Sleep Timer: Off” appears, or turn the TV off.
Using Your New TV
19
Advanced Operations
Selecting the picture
and sound modes
0
JUMP
PROG
You can select picture and sound modes
and adjust the setting to your preference
in the “Personal” option.
OPTION
RESET
Selecting the picture mode
Press
repeatedly until
the desired picture mode
is selected.
Dynamic
Standard
Personal
Hi-Fine
Select
To
“Dynamic”
receive high contrast pictures.
“Standard”
receive normal pictures.
“Hi-Fine”
receive higher resolution pictures with mild contrast.
“Personal”
receive the last adjusted picture setting from the “Picture
Adjustment” menu under the “Picture” menu (see page 76).
Selecting the sound mode
Press repeatedly until
the desired sound mode is
selected.
9 Dynamic
9 Drama
9 Personal
9 Soft
Select
To
“Dynamic”
listen to dynamic and clear sound that emphasizes both the low
and high tones.
“Drama”
listen to sound that emphasizes voice and high tones.
“Soft”
receive soft sound.
“Personal”
receive the last adjusted sound setting from the “Sound
Adjustment” menu under the “Sound” menu (see page 79).
Tip
• You can also set the picture and sound modes using the menu (see
“Changing the “Picture” setting” on page 74 and “Changing the “Sound”
setting” on page 77).
20
Advanced Operations
Viewing higher
quality pictures
VIDEO
— “DRC-MF MODE”
DRC-MF
MODE
CENTER SP
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
DRC-MF: DRC1250
DRC-MF: DRC100
MODE
DRC-MF
DRC-MF: Progressive
Select
To
“DRC1250”
select higher resolution pictures.
“DRC100”
reduce flicker on the screen.
“Progressive”
reduce jitter of any small areas or scanning lines (e.g., letters or the
edge of objects) on the screen.
Advanced Operations
Press DRC-MF MODE
repeatedly until you
receive the desired
picture quality.
A/B
PROG
INDEX
The Digital Reality Creation-Multi
Function (DRC-MF) feature allows you to
enjoy higher quality pictures on your TV.
You can select from among three DRC-MF
modes: “DRC1250” to watch super real
(higher resolution) pictures, or “DRC100”
for moving pictures or “Progressive” for
still pictures to reduce flicker if necessary.
MEMORY STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
Tip
• When the broadcast signal is weak, you may see some dots or noise on the
TV screen. To reduce this interference, display the “Picture” menu and
select “Personal” for “Picture” mode, then adjust “Sharpness” under
“Picture Adjustment” to reduce the sharpness (see page 76).
Note
• The DRC-MF mode is not selectable when using the PROGRAM INDEX
feature, or when the “Game Mode” or “Twin” mode is turned “On”. The
mode is not available for HD (high-definition) or progressive input signal,
or the picture recorded on a “Memory Stick”.
The DRC-MF logo (
Sony Corporation.
) and “DRC-MF” are trademarks of
Advanced Operations
21
Customizing the
picture Reality and
Clarity levels
VIDEO
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
The DRC-MF PALETTE feature allows
you to customize the level of detail
(Reality) and smoothness (Clarity) for
various input sources. For example,
you can create one Custom setting to
optimize your antenna input’s picture,
and create another to optimize your
DVD player’s picture. You can create
up to three Custom settings for each of
the antenna input’s signal, the signals
input to video 1 to 4 inputs, and the
component input signal separately, and
each for the “Dynamic” and “Standard/
Hi-Fine/Personal” picture modes,
separately (max. 18 settings).
IN
G–
HD/DVD
Press DRC-MF PALETTE
Custom1
Custom2
repeatedly to select
“Custom 1”, “Custom 2”
Cus t om1
[25]
or “Custom 3” to which DRC-MF
PALETTE
you want to create the
setting.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
Custom3
Reality
1
DRC-MF
PALETTE
CENTER SP
— “DRC-MF PALETTE”
Clarity [01]
Adjust :
2
Move
Finish :
Reset:
up, down, right or left to adjust the position of the marker “•”.
As you move “•” higher
along the “Reality” axis,
the picture becomes more
detailed.
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
Marker
Cus t om1
[80]
Reality
As you move “•” to the
right, along the “Clarity”
axis, the picture becomes
smoother.
IN
TW
Clarity [80]
Adjust :
22
Advanced Operations
Finish :
Reset:
3
Press
to return to the
normal screen.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
To switch to the last adjusted Custom setting
Display the picture and press DRC-MF PALETTE repeatedly to
select your desired Custom setting.
To reset to the factory preset values
Press RESET on the remote.
The dotted-lined circle indicator in the Custom 1 mode for the “Standard/HiFine/Personal” picture mode
This indicates the factory setting.
This position is optimum for a normal TV broadcast in good tuning
condition.
Cus t om1
Reality
[80]
Clarity [80]
Adjust :
Finish :
Reset:
Note
• The DRC-MF PALETTE is not selectable when using the PROGRAM
INDEX feature, or when the “Game Mode” or “Twin” mode is turned
“On”. The mode is not available for HD (high-definition) or progressive
input signal, or the picture recorded on a “Memory Stick”.
Advanced Operations
23
Using wide screen
mode
CENTER SP
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
The wide screen mode feature allows
you to watch the picture filling the 16:9
screen of the TV.
VIDEO
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
PROG
OPTION
RESET
TV
Watching the picture in wide screen mode automatically
— AUTO WIDE
The TV automatically selects optimum wide screen mode according
to the signal input and displays the picture to fill the 16:9 screen.
Notes
• The AUTO WIDE feature may not work correctly depending on the quality
of signal. In this case, select the wide screen mode manually using the
button (see page 26).
• The examples in the table on page 25 show the settings preset at the
factory; “Auto Wide” is set to “On” and “4:3 Default” is set to “Wide
Zoom” in the “Wide Screen” menu (see page 81).
24
Advanced Operations
When receiving ...
normal 4:3
aspect ratio
picture with an
ID-1 or S1
signal or a
signal without
ID-1.
4:3 letter box
movie or a
video or DVD
with an ID-1
signal.
4:3 squeezed
video camera
picture with an
ID-1 or S1
signal.
HDTV 16:9
picture
AUTO WIDE
functions to select ...
Wide
Zoom*
Zoom
Full
Full
The picture changes to ...
enlarge the 4:3
picture, with
the upper and
lower parts
condensed to fit
the 16:9 screen.
enlarge the
picture
horizontally
and vertically
in an equal
aspect ratio that
fills the 16:9
screen**.
enlarge the
picture
horizontally
only, to fill the
16:9 screen.
An HDTV 16:9
picture is
always
displayed in
“Full” mode.
* When a normal 4:3 picture is received, “Wide Zoom” mode is
automatically selected with the factory setting. You can display that
picture as it is without enlarging it (“Normal” mode) if you set “4:3
Default” in the “Wide Screen” menu to “Normal” (see page 81).
** Black bands may appear on the top and bottom of the screen.
Note
• The 720p/1080i format signal is always displayed in “Full” mode even if it
has no ID-1 signal.
continued
Advanced Operations
25
Using wide screen mode (continued)
Watching the picture in wide screen mode manually
You can select the desired wide screen mode manually.
Press
repeatedly until
the mode indication you
want is displayed on the
screen.
For details on each mode,
see “Watching the picture
in wide screen mode
automatically”.
Wide Zoom
Normal
Zoom
Full
Notes
• You can also select the wide screen mode manually using the menu (see
page 81).
• When the wide screen mode is selected by pressing the
button on the
remote or using the menu, the AUTO WIDE feature does not work
temporarily.
The AUTO WIDE feature functions again when:
– you change a TV channel with PROG +/–.
– you change the video input with t.
– the TV is turned off and on again.
• The 720p/1080i format signal (HDTV 16:9 picture) is always displayed in
“Full” mode.
• You can adjust the vertical position of the picture when wide screen mode
is set to “Wide Zoom” or “Zoom” (see page 27).
26
Advanced Operations
Adjusting the position of the picture
You can adjust the vertical position of the picture when
– the upper or lower part of the picture cannot be seen in “Wide
Zoom” mode.
– you want to adjust the vertical position of the picture in the screen
for “Zoom” mode.
This feature is available only for “Wide Zoom” and “Zoom”
modes.
1
Press V CENTER.
V CENTER
Wide Zoom
V Center: 00
2
Move
up or down to
move the picture up or
down.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
Wide Zoom
V Center: +15
G–
Wide Zoom
V Center: –15
3
Press
.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
Notes
• The adjusted V Center value remains stored even after the TV is turned off.
• You can also adjust the position of the picture in “Wide Zoom” and
“Zoom” modes using the menu (see page 81).
Advanced Operations
27
Watching two
programs at the
same time
VIDEO
CENTER SP
— “TWIN”
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
With the TWIN pictures feature, you can
display a different TV program beside
the main picture.
MEMORY STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
PROG
Displaying TWIN pictures
Press
.
10
12
To return to the normal screen
Press .
The left picture is displayed in full screen.
Tip
• You can also display the Twin pictures using the menu (see “Operating the
“Multi Picture” using the menu” on page 83).
28
Advanced Operations
Additional tasks
To
Press/Move
change a TV program in the right
picture
Move
swap the left and right pictures
Press
swap sound between the left and
right pictures.
Press .
The “ ” symbol will appear to indicate which screen
you are hearing.
change the screen size of the TWIN
pictures
Move
left to increase the left screen size.
Move
right to increase the right screen size.
up or down (TWIN PROG + or –).
.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
Notes
• Swapping the pictures is not available for HD or DVD input signal.
• The TWIN pictures feature is not available for HD (high-definition) and
progressive signals. If you change the left main picture to an HD or
progressive signal, a message appears and the TWIN pictures feature is
cancelled. The selected HD or progressive picture will be displayed in full
screen.
• The TWIN pictures feature is not available when the TV is in the center
speaker mode (page 41) and you cannot set the TV to the center speaker
mode while viewing the TWIN pictures.
• You cannot enjoy stereo sound in the right picture.
• You cannot change the picture to a video input in the right picture. You
can only display a video input, except for HD and progressive signals, in
the right picture by swapping the pictures when a video input is
displayed in the left picture.
• When the
button is pressed, the TV screen flickers or goes blank for
about one second before the TWIN pictures appear. This does not indicate
a malfunction of the TV.
continued
Advanced Operations
29
Watching two programs at the same time — “TWIN” (continued)
Selecting a TV program using PAP (Picture And
Picture)
You can select your desired TV program directly from the right picture by using
(TWIN PROG +/–).
1
Move
up or down
(TWIN PROG +/–).
The two pictures of the
same channel appear on the
screen (PAP).
2
3
Move
up or down
(TWIN PROG +/–) until the
desired program appears
on the right screen.
10
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
10
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
10
8
G–
Press
to display the
right picture in full screen.
8
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
To change the left picture channel
Press PROG +/– or the number buttons.
To return to the normal screen from the PAP mode
Press .
The left picture is displayed in full screen.
Notes
• You cannot change the picture size or swap the two pictures in the PAP
mode. (You can swap the sounds of the two pictures.)
• The PAP feature is not available for HD (high-definition) and progressive
signals. If you change the left main picture to an HD or progressive signal,
a message appears and the PAP feature is cancelled. The selected HD or
progressive picture will be displayed in full screen.
30
Advanced Operations
Displaying
multiple
programs
VIDEO
CENTER SP
— “PROGRAM INDEX”
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
PROG
INDEX
The PROGRAM INDEX feature displays
all tuned TV programs scrolling on the
screen for direct selection.
PROG
INDEX
V CENTER
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
Press PROG INDEX.
The current program is
reduced in size and displayed
on the left. The first tuned
program is briefly displayed
on the bottom-right side of the
screen, then frozen. It scrolls
up and the next program
appears on the bottom-right,
and all tuned programs appear
one by one.
Move
up or down so
that the program you
want to view is displayed
in the frame, and press
.
To return to scrolling,
up or down
move
again.
10
PROG
INDEX
2
1
10
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
continued
Advanced Operations
31
Displaying multiple programs — “PROGRAM INDEX” (continued)
3
Press
again to enlarge
the selected program into
the left frame.
The selected program is
displayed in normal
motion picture, and the
sound also switches to this
program.
4
8
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
Press PROG INDEX.
8
PROG
INDEX
The selected program is
displayed in full screen.
Tip
• To change the direction of scrolling, move
up or down once. To
increase scrolling speed, hold
up or down.
Press PROG INDEX again, or:
1 Select “Program Index” from the “Multi Picture” menu.
.
2 Press
Tip
• You can also display multiple programs using the menu (see “Operating
the “Multi Picture” using the menu” on page 83).
Notes
• When displaying multiple programs, only the sound of the left screen is
heard.
• The PROGRAM INDEX feature is not available for HD (high-definition)
and progressive signals. The selected HD or progressive picture will be
displayed in full screen.
32
Advanced Operations
Listening with
surround sound
The surround feature enables you to
enjoy the sound effects of a concert hall
or movie theater.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
PROG
OPTION
RESET
TV
Press
repeatedly until
you receive the desired
surround sound.
Surround: TruSurround
Surround: Simulated
Surround: Off
Select
To
“TruSurround”*
listen to the surround sound that spreads out to the rear of a room.
“Simulated”
listen to monaural sound with a stereo-like effect.
“Off”
turn off the surround sound.
* TruSurround, SRS and the
 symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs,
Inc. TruSurround technology is incorporated under license from SRS
Labs, Inc.
Note
• You cannot change the surround sound when the TV is in the center
speaker mode (page 41).
Advanced Operations
33
Enjoying stereo or
bilingual
programs
VIDEO
CENTER SP
A/B
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
You can enjoy stereo sound or bilingual
programs of NICAM and A2 (German)
stereo systems.
MEMORY STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
Press A/B repeatedly until
you receive the sound you
want.
1
2
3
4
5
6
NICAM
A/B
When receiving a NICAM program
Broadcasting
NICAM stereo
On-screen display (Selected sound)
NICAM
Mono
(Regular sound)
(Stereo sound)
NICAM bilingual
NICAM monaural
NICAM
Main
NICAM
Sub
(Main sound)
(Sub sound)
NICAM
Main
(Main sound)
34
Advanced Operations
Mono
(Regular sound)
Mono
(Regular sound)
When receiving an A2 (German) program
Broadcasting
On-screen display (Selected sound)
A2 (German) stereo
Stereo
Mono
(Regular sound)
(Stereo sound)
A2 (German) bilingual
Main
Sub
(Main sound)
(Sub sound)
Receiving area for NICAM and A2 (German) programs
System
Receiving area
NICAM
Thailand, Malaysia, Singapore, Hong Kong, New
Zealand, etc.
A2 (German)
Thailand, Malaysia, Australia, etc.
Notes
• If the signal is very weak, the sound becomes monaural automatically.
• If the stereo sound is noisy when receiving a NICAM program, select
“Mono”. The sound becomes monaural, but the noise is reduced.
• Before receiving a NICAM stereo program in China, please check the
NICAM broadcast condition at your area. When receiving a NICAM
stereo program, the receiving conditions might vary depending on area. In
addition, different strength of the NICAM broadcast signal might affect
the receiving quality.
If the sound is distorted or noisy when receiving a monaural
program through the 8 (antenna) terminal
Press A/B repeatedly until “Mono” appears on the screen.
To cancel the monaural sound setting, press A/B again until “Auto”
appears on the screen.
Mono
Auto
Notes
• The “Mono” or “Auto” setting is memorized for each program position.
• You cannot receive a stereo broadcast signal when the TV is in the “Mono”
setting. Normally, set the TV to “Auto”.
Advanced Operations
35
Viewing Teletext
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MORY STIC
MMEEMORY STICKK
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
A/B
A/B
V CENTER
V CENTER
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
PROG
INDEX
Some TV stations broadcast an
information service called Teletext
which allows you to receive various
information, such as stock market
reports and news.
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
Number
buttons
(red, green,
yellow, blue)
PROG
PROG +/–
OPTION
RESET
TV
Displaying Teletext
1
Select a TV channel that carries the Teletext broadcast you want to watch.
2
Press
text.
to display the
A Teletext page (normally
the index page) is
displayed. If there is no
Teletext broadcast, “100” is
displayed at the top left
corner of the screen.
To turn off Teletext
Press a.
36
Advanced Operations
P166 SECTEXT
166
From Singapore
Day
1.6
To PARIS
2
3
Dep/Arr
220/0588
2130/1225
2115/1330
To OSAKA
2.5
4.6
1000/1715
0930/2015
SQ6
CX522
747
L10
To ROMA
2.7
4
2130/0745
2300/0915
SQ24
AZ487
747
747
1
2
2210/0610
2100/0835
SQ21A
SQ21A
747
747
To SYDNEY
FR1 MAR
03:59:09
Flight
Alrcraft
SQ28
747
PA115
L15
SQ26
747
Additional Teletext tasks
To
Do this
display a Teletext page on the TV
picture
.
Press
Each time you press
, the screen changes as
follows: Teletext t Teletext and TV t TV.
check the contents of a Teletext service
Press .
An overview of the Teletext contents, including page
numbers, appears on the screen.
select a Teletext page
Press the number buttons to enter the three-digit
page number of the desired Teletext page.* If you
make a mistake, reenter the correct page number. To
access the next or previous page, press PROG +/–.
hold (pause) a Teletext page
(stop the page from scrolling)
Press
to display the symbol “z” at the top left
corner of the screen. To resume normal Teletext
viewing, press
or
.
reveal concealed information
(e.g., an answer to a quiz)
Press .
To conceal the information, press the button again.
enlarge the Teletext display
Press
.
, the Teletext display changes
Each time you press
as follows: Enlarge upper half t Enlarge lower half
t Normal size.
stand by for a Teletext page while
watching a TV program
1 Enter the Teletext page number that you want to
refer to, then press .
2 When the page number is displayed, press
show the text.
to
* You can also select a Teletext page of any page number that appears in the
colored column at the bottom of the screen using the corresponding colorcoded button on the remote.
Using FASTEXT
This feature allows you to quickly access a Teletext page that uses
FASTEXT. When a FASTEXT program is broadcast, colored menus
appear at the bottom of the screen. The color of each menu
,
corresponds to the color-coded buttons on the remote (red
, yellow
, and blue
).
green
To access a FASTEXT menu
Press the color-coded button on the remote corresponding to the
menu you want. The menu page appears on the screen after a few
seconds.
Advanced Operations
37
Operating
optional
components
VIDEO
VIDEO I/1
CENTER SP
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
You can use the supplied remote to
operate Sony video equipment such as
Beta, 8 mm, VHS or DVD.
A/B
IN
TW
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
MEMORY STICK
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
Number
buttons 1-7
Number
button 0
PROG
OPTION
RESET
OPTION
TV
Setting up the remote to work with
other connected equipment
While keeping VIDEO @/1
pressed, press the number
button 0, then the
corresponding number
button for the desired
equipment (see the chart
below).
38
For example, to operate a
Sony 8 mm VCR:
VIDEO
To control
While holding
down
DVD
VIDEO @/1
0
0
VTR1 (Beta)
VIDEO @/1
0
1
VTR2 (8 mm)
VIDEO @/1
0
2
VTR3 (VHS)
VIDEO @/1
0
3
MDP
VIDEO @/1
0
4
CD
VIDEO @/1
0
6
MD
VIDEO @/1
0
7
Advanced Operations
First press the
number button
+ 0
Next press the
number button
2
Note
• If the equipment does not have a certain function, the corresponding
button on the remote will not operate.
Operating video equipment
Press VIDEO @/1, or while keeping OPTION pressed, press
(N) or move
(X), down (x), left (.) or right (>) (see the chart below).
VIDEO
or
OPTION
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
+
or
IN
G–
OPTION
up
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
+
IN
G–
Operating a VCR using the remote
To
Press/Move
turn on/off
VIDEO ?/1
play
N while keeping OPTION pressed.
stop
x while keeping OPTION pressed.
fast forward (M)
> while keeping OPTION pressed.
rewind the tape (m)
. while keeping OPTION pressed.
pause
X while keeping OPTION pressed.
Press again to resume normal playback.
search the picture forward
(M) or backward (m)
> or . during playback while keeping
OPTION pressed.
Release to resume normal playback.
Operating a DVD player using the remote
To
Press/Move
turn on/off
VIDEO ?/1
play
stop
pause
step through different
tracks of an audio disc
> to step forward or . to step
backward while keeping OPTION pressed.
continued
Advanced Operations
39
Operating optional components (continued)
Operating an MDP using the remote
To
Press/Move
turn on/off
VIDEO I/1
play
stop
pause
search the picture forward
or backward
> or . during playback while keeping
OPTION pressed.
Release to resume normal playback.
Operating a CD or MD player using the remote
To
40
Press/Move
turn on/off
VIDEO ?/1
play
stop
pause
step through different tracks
> to step forward or . to step
backward while keeping OPTION pressed.
Advanced Operations
Using the TV’s
center speaker
CENTER
SP
VIDEO
CENTER SP
Notes
• For the speaker connection, see
“Connecting an amplifier” on page 16.
• You cannot switch to the center speaker
mode while viewing the TWIN pictures.
MEMORY STICK
A/B
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
MENU
IN
TW
PROG
INDEX
You can use the TV’s speakers as the
center speaker of your audio system and
control its sound volume from the
remote of the TV.
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
PROG
2 +/–
To switch to the center speaker mode
1
Press CENTER SP.
2
Press 2 +/– to adjust the
volume of the sound from
the TV’s center speaker.
CENTER SP
CENTER IN Speaker
50
To return to the normal speaker mode
Press CENTER SP again.
Tip
• The center speaker mode is automatically cancelled when you select the
video input or the “Memory Stick” viewer, or turn the TV off and on
again. It is not cancelled, however, when using the PROGRAM INDEX
feature.
Notes
• If “CENTER IN” is selected for “Speaker” in the “Sound” menu and
nothing is connected to the center speaker input terminals on the rear of
the TV, no sound is heard from the TV’s speakers.
• No sound is heard from the TV’s center speakers if the sound source
emitted from the amplifier does not contain the center speaker channel.
• When the TV is in the center speaker mode, you cannot use the TWIN
pictures feature, or change the surround sound, the “Intelligent Volume”
mode or the “BBE” mode.
Advanced Operations
41
Using the “Memory
Stick” viewer (continued)
Using
the “Memory
Stick” viewer
About “Memory Stick”
“Memory Stick” (sold separately) is a new, compact, portable, and
versatile Integrated Circuit recording medium with a data capacity
that exceeds that of a floppy disk. “Memory Stick” is specially
designed for exchanging and sharing digital data among “Memory
Stick” compatible products such as digital cameras and digital
video cameras. Because it is removable, “Memory Stick” can also be
used for external data storage.
The “Memory Stick” viewer on your TV allows you to view still
images (JPEG* files) and movies (MPEG1** files) stored on
“Memory Stick” media.
For more information on using “Memory Stick” media, see “Notes
on using “Memory Stick”, “Memory Stick PRO” media” on page 44
and “Notes on Memory Stick Duo” on page 45.
“Memory Stick”, “Memory Stick PRO”, “Memory Stick Duo” and
” are registered trademarks of Sony Corporation.
“
Notes
• The data loading speed may differ depending on the “Memory Stick”.
• When you view a still image stored on “Memory Stick” media, the sound
is not output from the TV’s speakers. Do not attempt to adjust the
volume.
• A “Memory Stick” formatted by a computer may not be used with this TV.
File Compatibility
The “Memory Stick” viewer can display still images and movies
that are stored on “Memory Stick” media using the following
compression format:
– JPEG* files (DCF compliant*) with an extension, .jpg
– MPEG1** files, MPEG MOVIE, MPEG MOVIE AD, MPEG MOVIE
EX, MPEG MOVIE HQ, MPEG MOVIE HQX, MPEG MOVIE CV,
VAIO Giga Pocket MPEG1.
– Images with more than 16 horizontal and/or vertical dots per line
– Images with less than 4096 horizontal and/or vertical dots per
line
42
Advanced Operations
Example: Still images recorded with a Sony digital still camera
Folder name: /DCIM/101MSDCF
File name: DSC00001.JPG
Image folder name
100MSDCF
DSC00001
DSC00002
DSC00003
Image file names
Example: Movie files recorded with a Sony digital still camera
Folder name: /MSSONY/MOML0001
File name: MOV00001.MPG
Note
• The TV’s “Memory Stick” viewer cannot display still images and movies
stored in TIFF or any other non-JPEG or non-MPEG1 compression format.
* JPEG stands for “Joint Photographic Experts Group,” which is the
organization that implemented this format. DCF stands for “Design Rules
for Camera File Systems,” which are specifications established by the
Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association
(JEITA).
** MPEG1 stands for “Motion Picture Experts Group” which is the
organization that implemented this format and is the typical compression
format for movie files.
To prevent accidental erasure of still images and movies
Set the “Memory Stick” erasure prevention switch to “LOCK”.
In this position, you cannot rotate the images. (See page 55.)
Label area
Erasure prevention
switch
Front
Rear
Tip
• When you set the erasure prevention switch on a “Memory Stick Duo”,
use a sharp object such as a ballpoint pen.
continued
Advanced Operations
43
Using the “Memory Stick” viewer (continued)
Notes on using “Memory Stick”, “Memory Stick PRO” media
When using “Memory Stick”, “Memory Stick PRO” media, follow
these precautions:
• To avoid permanent damage to still image data, do not turn off
the TV or remove “Memory Stick” media from the insertion slot
while data is being read (as indicated by the “Memory Stick”
indicator light being on).
• Avoid touching the terminal of “Memory Stick” media or
bringing it into contact with a metal object.
• Do not drop, bend, or submit “Memory Stick” media to external
shock.
• Do not disassemble or modify “Memory Stick” media.
• Avoid getting liquid on “Memory Stick” media.
• Apply labels only within the designated label area.
Label area
• To avoid permanent damage to still image data, do not use or
store “Memory Stick” media in a location subject to:
— High temperature (such as near a heater or inside a hot car)
— High humidity
— Direct sunlight
— Corrosive substances
— Magnetic fields
— Excessive dust
— Static electricity or electric noise
— Electric surgess
• Store and carry “Memory Stick” media in its original case to
ensure protection of stored data.
• Save a backup of stored data.
44
Advanced Operations
Notes on “Memory Stick Duo”
“Memory Stick Duo” is a new, compact version of the standardsized “Memory Stick” recording medium. You can use a “Memory
Stick Duo” on your TV by inserting a “Memory Stick Duo” into an
adapter before inserting it into the TV.
• Be sure to attach a “Memory Stick Duo” to the adapter with the
correct orientation.
• Be sure to insert the “Memory Stick Duo” adapter into the
“Memory Stick” slot with the correct orientation. Otherwise, the
TV may be damaged.
• Do not insert the “Memory Stick Duo” adapter without the
“Memory Stick Duo” attached. Doing so may result in
malfunction of the TV.
continued
Advanced Operations
45
Inserting and removing a “Memory Stick”
To insert a “Memory Stick”
Locate the “Memory Stick” slot (see
page 103) and insert the “Memory
Stick” into the “Memory Stick” slot
as illustrated.
Insert the “Memory Stick” media with
the v symbol upward.
When inserted properly, it should
slide in with little resistance and click
into place. The “Memory Stick”
indicator flashes and goes off.
Notes
• Be sure to insert the “Memory Stick” in the correct direction. If the
“Memory Stick” is forced in the wrong way, it may become damaged.
• Insert only “Memory Stick” media into the “Memory Stick” slot.
Attempting to insert other objects into the slot may damage the TV.
To remove a “Memory Stick”
1
Check that the “Memory Stick” indicator is off. (When the light is on, this
indicates that the TV is reading data from the “Memory Stick”.)
2
Push the “Memory Stick” gently
into the slot, and then release it.
The “Memory Stick” media is
ejected.
3
Pull the “Memory Stick”
completely out of the slot.
Tip
• When removing the “Memory Stick”, do not attempt to just pull it from its
slot.
Note
• To protect small children from injury from “Memory Stick” media, remove
all “Memory Stick” media from the TV’s “Memory Stick” slot and store it
in a safe location when it is not in use.
46
Advanced Operations
Displaying thumbnails of
still images and movie files
You can view up to 20 still images and
movies on the “Memory Stick” index.
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
Insert a “Memory Stick” into the “Memory Stick” slot of the TV.
2
Press MEMORY STICK.
For details on inserting a “Memory Stick”, see page 46.
MEMORY STICK
The “Memory Stick Home”
appears, which displays
thumbnails of still image
and movie files stored on
the “Memory Stick”.
Highlighted thumbnail
“Memory Stick” menus
Scroll bar
Memory Stick Home
Slide Show
Options
Filter : Still
Select Folder
Digi. Cam. Mode (Digital
Camera Mode) indication
Digi. Cam. Mode
First 20 thumbnails
of still images and
movies
No :
Size :
File :
Date :
Information about the
highlighted image or movie
continued
Advanced Operations
47
When there are more than 20 still images and movies
Move
right to elect the scroll bar at the right end of the “Memory
down to display the next 20 thumbnails.
Stick Home”, then move
About the “Digi. Cam. Mode” (Digital Camera Mode)
“Digi. Cam. Mode” displays all JPEG and MPEG1 files recorded
with the DCF compliant digital cameras. When you set the “Digi.
Cam. Mode” to “Off”, only the selected files or all the files with the
extension .jpg and .mpg can be displayed. The “Memory Stick”
viewer of this TV sets “Digi. Cam. Mode” to “On” at the factory. To
set “Digi. Cam. Mode” to “Off”, see page 66.
Digi. Cam. Mode
Viewable images
“On”
Still images in DCF compliant JPEG files recorded on a
Sony digital still camera or digital video camera recorder
Movies in MPEG1 files recorded on a Sony digital still
camera or digital video camera.
“Off”
JPEG still pictures and MPEG1 movies in the folder
whose name has been changed by a computer
Notes
• When “Digi. Cam. Mode” is “On”, you cannot set “Sort” and “Filter” in
the “Options” menu (pages 68 and 69).
• When “Digi. Cam. Mode” is set to “On”, the maximum 2000 pieces of still
images and/or movies can be displayed. When you want to display more
than 2000 pictures, set “Digi. Cam. Mode” to “Off”.
To view still images and movies that have been arranged
and saved as in a computer
You need to select the folder. To select the folder, set “Digi. Cam.
Mode” to “Off”.
About the icons on the thumbnail images
48
(Movie)
Indicates the thumbnail is a movie (MPEG1) file.
(Protect)
Indicates the thumbnail is protected. Protected files
cannot be changed or deleted. For details, see
“Protecting still images and movies” on page 61.
(Relative file)
Indicates another file named the same in the last four
digits exists in the “Memory Stick” but is not displayed.
(appears only when the Digi. Cam. Mode is “On”.)
Advanced Operations
Notes
• The Relative file icon is added with the first file of those in the same file
format (JPEG, MPEG1, and others) and having the file name with the
same last 4-digits.
• If you delete the file with the Relative file icon, the other related files are
all deleted at the same time.
About caution displays
This image data is the JPEG or MPEG1 format that is not
compatible.
There is the thumbnail but it is not DCF compliant.
There is the image data but the thumbnail is broken.
The image data is broken.
Press the number buttons or PROG +/–.
Tip
• When you press PROG +/–, the last selected channel appears.
continued
Advanced Operations
49
Viewing still images and
movies in sequence
— Slide Show
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
PROG
INDEX
You can view the still images and
movies stored on a “Memory Stick” with
a specified interval.
VIDEO
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Press MEMORY STICK to display the “Memory Stick Home”.
4
Move
up or down to select “Slide Show”, then press
.
The “Slide Show” menu appears.
Move
up or down to select “Start”, then press
.
Still images and movies are displayed according to the setting.
A movie is played automatically. At the end of the movie, the next
image appears.
Tip
• You can start the Slide Show even when a still image or movie is selected.
Note
• The still images and movies do not change automatically if “Advance” is
in the “Slide Show” menu is set to “Manual”.
50
Advanced Operations
To exit the “Slide Show”
Press
on the remote.
To change still images and movies in “Slide Show” manually
1 Press MEMORY STICK to display the “Memory Stick Home”.
up or down to select “Slide Show”, then press .
2 Move
3 Move
up or down to select “Advance”, then press .
up or down to select “Manual”, then press .
4 Move
5 Move
up or down to select “Start”, then press .
right, the next still image or movie appears; if you
If you move
left, the previous still image or movie appears.
move
To change the slide advance interval
You can select a time interval with which still images or movies
change, from among “5 sec”, “10 sec”, “30 sec”, “1 min”, “5 min”
and “10 min”. The factory setting is “5 sec”.
The interval can be changed when “Advance” in the “Slide Show”
menu is set to “Auto”.
2 Move
up or down to select “Interval”, then press .
3 Move
4 Move
up or down to select the interval you want to set, then
press .
up or down to select “Start”, then press .
5 Move
The “Slide Show” starts.
To start the “Slide Show” from the specified still image or
movie
2 Move
up or down to select the still image or movie from which
you want to start the “Slide Show”, then press .
The “Memory Stick Home” (index menu) appears.
3 Move
continued
Advanced Operations
51
Notes
• The “Movie Player” (page 57) cannot be displayed when “Advance” is set
to “Auto”.
• You cannot specify the interval when “Advance” is set to “Manual”.
• When “Advance” is set to “Auto”, a movie file is played to the end
regardless of the specified interval. When playback is finished, the next
image file is displayed.
• The “Interval” setting does not show the exact time, because the time
required for displaying an image depends on its file size.
52
Advanced Operations
Viewing a still image
on the full screen
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
MEMORY
STICK
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Move
up/down/right/
left to select the still
image you want to view,
then press .
The still image index menu
appears.
Still image index menu
Memory Stick Home
Slide Show
Options
Filter : Still
Full Screen
Select Folder
Slide Show
Digi. Cam. Mode
Protect
Rotate
Startup
Delete
Close
No : 123/1234
Size : 1024x768
4
File : 100MSDCF/SJP0001.JPG
Date : 2003.MAY.31 1:00PM
Move
up or down to
select “Full Screen”, then
press .
The selected still image is
displayed on the full
screen.
To go to the previous or
next still image, move
left or right.
No : 1/1234
Size : 1024x768
Next :
Date : 2003.MAY.31 1:00PM
Menu :
continued
Advanced Operations
53
5
Press
.
Image setup menu
The image setup menu
appears.
Return
Information
On
Protect
Rotate
To display another still
image that is not the
previous or next image,
up to select
move
“Return”, then press .
The “Memory Stick
Home” appears.
Delete
Close
No : 1/1234
Size : 1024x768
Move :
Back :
Date : 2003.MAY.31 1:00PM
Select :
File information
Tip
• The file information automatically appears at the bottom right when a still
image is displayed on the full screen. You can turn off the display of file
information by setting “Information” in the image setup menu to “Off”.
Notes
• The full screen display may be rough depending on the still image quality.
• Small size images may not be enlarged on the full screen.
• Displaying a large file will take a longer time.
54
Advanced Operations
Rotating a still image
You can rotate a thumbnail of the still
image that you have selected from the
“Memory Stick Home” or a still image
displayed on the full screen, in 90
degree increments clockwise or
counterclockwise.
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Move
up/down/right/
left to select the still
image you want to
rotate, then press .
Still image index menu
Memory Stick Home
Slide Show
Options
Filter : Still
The still image index menu
appears.
Full Screen
Select Folder
Slide Show
Digi. Cam. Mode
Protect
Rotate
Startup
Delete
Close
No : 123/1234
Size : 1024x768
Date : 2003.MAY.31 1:00PM
4
Move
up or down to
select “Rotate”, then
press .
5
Move
up or down to select the rotating direction “ ”
(clockwise) or “ ”(counterclockwise) , then press .
Each time you press
6
Move
, the still image is rotated 90 degrees.
down to select “Close”, then press
.
The rotated image is stored.
continued
Advanced Operations
55
To rotate a full screen image
1 After displaying an image on the full screen (see page 53), press
.
The image setup menu appears.
up or down to select “Rotate”, then press .
2 Move
3 Move
up or down to select the rotating direction, then press
.
Each time you press , the still image is rotated 90 degrees in the
selected direction.
down to select “Close”, then press .
4 Move
Notes
• You cannot rotate movie files.
• You cannot rotate a still image that has been protected (see page 61).
Confirm the protect icon in the file information and unlock the protect
before rotating.
• You cannot rotate a still image if the “Memory Stick” is locked.
56
Advanced Operations
Playing movies
— Movie Player
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Move
up/down/right/
left to select the movie
you want to play, then
press .
Movie index menu
Memory Stick Home
Slide Show
Options
Filter : Still
Movie Player
Select Folder
The movie index menu
appears.
Slide Show
Digi. Cam. Mode
Protect
Rotate
Startup
Delete
Close
No : 124/1234
Size : 320x240
File : 100MSDCF/BASEBALL.MPG
Date : 2003.MAY.31 1:00PM
continued
Advanced Operations
57
4
Move
up or down to
select “Movie Player”,
then press .
Return
The Movie Player appears.
Full Screen
Menu
No : 124/1234
Size : 320x240
FR :
FF :
File : SJP0001.MPG
Date : 2003.MAY.31 1:00PM
Select :
Confirm :
Movie Player Operation menu
Item
To
“Return”
return to the “Memory Stick Home”.
“B / X”
play the movie. Select this item during playback to
pause playing.
“x”
stop playback.
“.”
Move
left during movie stop mode to display the
previous file on the ”Memory Stick”. During playback,
the control changes to “m” (Fast-reverse) and the
movie is rewound rapidly.
“>”
Move
right during movie stop mode to display the
next file on the ”Memory Stick”. During playback, the
control changes to “M” (Fast-forward) and the movie is
forwarded rapidly.
“Full Screen”
display the movie full screen.
“Menu”
display the movie setup menu to access additional
options.
Notes
• If you select . or > during the movie stop mode, it may take a longer
time to load the previous or next file. During loading the file, “Return”
lights up. If you press
when “Return” is lit, the TV returns to the
“Memory Stick Home”.
• “m” (Fast-reverse) and “M” (Fast-forward) may not work due to the
movie file.
58
Advanced Operations
5
Move
up or down to select “B / X”, then press
.
The movie playback starts. At the end of the movie, it returns to
the beginning and stops.
up or down to select “x” and
To stop playback manually, move
press .
To select the sound
1 On the Movie Player screen, move
“Menu”, then press .
The Movie setup menu appears.
up or down to select
Movie setup menu
Return
Information
On
Audio Select
L/R
Full Screen
Protect
Menu
Delete
Close
No : 124/1234
Size : 320x240
Move :
2 Move
3 Move
.
Back :
File : SJP0001.MPG
Date : 2003.MAY.31 1:00PM
Select :
up or down to select “Audio Select”, then press .
up or down to select the sound to be heard, then press
Audio Select menu and selectable sounds
Item
Stereo program
Bilingual program
L/R
left and right sounds
main and sub sounds
L
left sound
main sound
R
right sound
sub sound
Note
• The ”Audio Select” menu is disabled when the movie does not contain
sound.
continued
Advanced Operations
59
To display the movie on the full screen
1 Display the Movie Player, following steps 1 to 4 on page 57.
up or down to select “Full Screen”, then press .
2 Move
The movie is displayed on the full screen, and playback starts
automatically.
To return to the Movie Player
During movie playback, move
up/down/right/left or press
Notes
• Small size movies may not be enlarged on the full screen.
• The full screen display may be rough depending on the movie qualify.
• Enlarging a file may take a time and a short file may not be played.
• “m” and “M” are disabled when a movie is displayed on the full
screen.
60
Advanced Operations
.
Protecting still images
or movies
VIDEO
You can protect a still image or movie
from inaccidental erasure. The protect
can be unlocked.
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Move
up/down/right/
you want to protect, then
press .
Still image or movie index menu
Memory Stick Home
Slide Show
Options
Filter : Still
Full Screen
The still image or movie
index menu appears.
Select Folder
Slide Show
Digi. Cam. Mode
Protect
Rotate
Startup
Delete
Close
No : 123/1234
Size : 1024x768
Date : 2003.MAY.31 1:00PM
4
Move
up or down to select “Protect”, then press
5
Move
up or down to select “On”, then press
The
.
.
(protect) icon is displayed.
To unlock the protect, select “Off”, then press
.
continued
Advanced Operations
61
To protect a full screen image
1 After displaying a still image on the full screen (see page 53),
press .
up or down to select “Protect”, then press .
2 Move
3 Move
up or down to select “On”, then press .
To protect a movie on the Movie Player
1 After displaying the Movie Player (see page 57), move
down to select “Menu”, then press .
The movie setup menu appears.
2 Move
up or down to select “Protect”, then press .
3 Move
up or
Tip
• The property of the protected image is shown as “Read-only” on a
computer.
62
Advanced Operations
Deleting a still image
or movie
VIDEO
You can delete unnecessary still image
and movie files from the “Memory
Stick”. Before deleting, make sure they
are really unnecessary because the
deleted images cannot be restored.
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Move
up/down/right/
you want to delete, then
press .
Still image or movie index menu
Memory Stick Home
Slide Show
Options
Filter : Still
Full Screen
Select Folder
The still image or movie
index menu appears.
Slide Show
Digi. Cam. Mode
Protect
Rotate
Startup
Delete
Close
No : 123/1234
Size : 1024x768
4
5
6
Move
up or down to select “Delete”, then press
Move
up to select “Selected”, then press
Date : 2003.MAY.31 1:00PM
.
.
A confirmation message appears.
Move
left to select “Yes”, then press
.
To cancel deleting, select “No”, then press
.
continued
Advanced Operations
63
Notes
• When “Digi. Cam. Mode” is set to “On”, deleting a file with the Relative
file icon deletes the other related files at the same time. (See page 48).
• Before performing deleting, confirm the file information.
• You cannot delete protected image (see page 61). First unlock the
protect.
• If the erasure prevention switch on the “Memory Stick” is in the
LOCK position, you cannot delete the still images and movies in that
“Memory Stick”.
To erase a full screen image
1 After displaying a still image on the full screen (see page 53), press
.
up or down to select “Delete”, then press .
2 Move
3 Move
up to select “Selected”, then press .
A confirmation message appears.
left to select “Yes”, then press .
4 Move
To erase a movie on the Movie Player
1 After displaying the Movie Player (see page 57), move
down to select “Menu”, then press .
The movie setup menu appears.
up or down to select “Delete”, then press .
2 Move
3 Move
up to select “Selected”, then press .
4 Move
left to select “Yes”, then press .
64
Advanced Operations
up or
Displaying the current
status of “Memory Stick”
You can display the “Memory Stick”
type, total capacity, used capacity and
free capacity of the “Memory Stick”.
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Move
4
up or down to select “Options”, then press
.
The “Options” menu appears.
Move
up or down to select “Memory Stick”.
The current status of the “Memory Stick” appears.
continued
Advanced Operations
65
Selecting folders
VIDEO
To view the still images and movies
stored in different folders using a
computer, you need to select the folder.
CENTER SP
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
Tip
• If you set “Digi. Cam. Mode” to “Off”,
you can display more than 2,000 images
and movies on the screen.
TW
P RO
MEMORY
STICK
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
Before operating this function, make
sure that “Digi. Cam. Mode” is set to
“Off”.
MEMORY STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Move
4
Move
5
Move
up or down to
select “Off”, then press
.
up or down to select “Select Folder”, then press
.
The “Select Folder” menu appears.
up or down to select “Digi. Cam. Mode”, then press
Current folder
.
Folder list
Memory Stick Home
Digi.Camera Mode
Slide Show
Off
Options
Filter : Still
Select Folder
Close
No :
Size :
To upper stage
66
Advanced Operations
File :
Date :
First image or movie file included
in the current folder
6
Move
7
Move
up or down to select the folder which includes the file you want to
view, then press .
8
Move
right to select the folder list.
up or down to select “Close”, then press
or move
left.
The still images and movies included in the selected folder are
displayed on “Memory Stick Home”.
continued
Advanced Operations
67
Sorting images — Options
CENTER SP
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
“Off”.
VIDEO
Tip
• If you set “Digi. Cam. Mode” to “Off”, you
can display more than 2,000 images and
movies on the screen.
MEMORY
STICK
MENU
You can change the displaying order of
the images in a “Memory Stick”, in
alphabetical order by filename, in
chronological order by recording date.
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Move
.
4
Move
up or down to select “File”, then press
5
Move
up or down to select “Sort”, then press
6
Move
up or down to select the desired item, then press
.
.
.
Sort menu
Item
To
Name Order m
A
Z
Name Order m
Date Order m
Date Order m 91
1
9
Z
A
sort in alphabetical order (A to Z) by filename
sort in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A) by filename
sort in chronological order by recording (1 to 9)
sort in reverse chronological order by recording (9 to 1)
Note
• If an image file has been processed by a computer, the modified date may
be displayed for that file.
68
Advanced Operations
Displaying either still images
or movies — Options
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
PROG
INDEX
“Off”.
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
MENU
You can display either the still images
or the movies that are stored in a
“Memory Stick”.
VIDEO
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
Move
.
4
Move
up or down to select “File”, then press
5
Move
up or down to select “Filter”, then press
6
Move
up or down to select the desired item, then press
.
.
.
Filter menu
Item
Images to be displayed
“Show Stills”
Still images only
“Show Movies”
Movies only
“Off”
Still images and movies
Tip
• If“Show Stills” or “Show Movies” is selected on “Filter” , the selected
image type (still image or movie) is displayed on “Memory Stick Home”.
continued
Advanced Operations
69
Introducing the menu system
The MENU button lets you open a menu and change the settings of your TV. The
following is an overview of the menu system.
Name of the current menu
Return icon
Menu level 1
Picture icon
Sound icon
Memory Stick icon
Se t u p
En g l i s h
Langua g e :
P i c t u r e Po s i t i on T h a i
Chann e l Se t u p
Gam e Mod e : Of f
Vi d e o L a b e l
Co l o r S y s t em: Au t o
Of f
Eco Mod e :
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Wide Screen icon
Multi Picture icon
Setup icon
Menu level 3
Navigation Help
Menu level 2
Selecting some items in Menu level 2 of Setup menu displays another menu (Menu
level 3), and selecting some options in this menu also displays the adjustment menu
(Menu level 4).
Au t o P r o g r am
P r o g r am : 0 9
TV Sy s t em: Au t o
VHF L ow :
Cha n n e l S e t u p
Au t o P r o g r am
Manua l P r o g r am
TV S y s t em: B / G
P r o g r am L a b e l
P r o g r am B l o c k
P r o g r am Edit
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
Se l e c t :
End :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Menu level 3
Level 1
Level 2/Level 3
Level 3/Level 4/Function
“Picture”
“DRC-MF”
Selects the “DRC-MF” mode:
“DRC1250” t “DRC100” t “Progressive”
“DRC Palette”
Selects one of the three custom DRC palettes.
“Custom 1” t “Custom 2” t “Custom 3”
“Picture Mode”
Selects the picture mode:
“Dynamic” t “Standard” t “Hi-Fine” t “Personal”
“Picture
Adjustment”
“Sound”
Adjusts the “Personal” option:
“Picture” t “Brightness” t “Color” t “Hue” t
“Sharpness” t “Color Temperature” t “Reset”
“3D-NR”
Activates or deactivates picture noise reduction mode.
“Sound Mode”
Selects the sound mode:
“Dynamic” t “Drama” t “Soft” t “Personal”
“Sound
Adjustment”
Adjusts the “Personal” option:
“Treble” t “Bass” t “BBE ”* t “Reset”
“Balance”
Adjusts the balance between the left and right speaker
volume.
“Intelligent
Volume”
Activates or deactivates the Intelligent Volume feature.
“Surround”
Selects the “Surround” mode:
“TruSurround” t “Simulated” t “Off”
“Speaker”
Selects the speaker mode: “MAIN” or “CENTER IN”.
* Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866.
“BBE” and BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc.
70
Menu level 4
Level 1
Level 2/Level 3
“Memory
Stick”
“Memory Stick
Menu”
Displays still pictures and movies stored in a “Memory
Stick”.
You can also display this menu by pressing MEMORY
STICK on the remote.
“Wide Screen” “Wide Mode”
“Multi
Picture”
“Setup”
Selects the wide screen mode:
“Wide Zoom” t “Normal” t “Full” t “Zoom”
“Auto Wide”
Selects an optimum wide screen mode automatically.
“4:3 Default”
Changes the picture to “Wide Zoom” or “Normal” when
the normal 4:3 picture with ID-1 or 480i/480p format
signal without ID-1 is received.
“V Center”
Adjusts the vertical position of the picture in “Wide
Zoom” or “Zoom” mode.
“V Size”
Adjusts the vertical size of the picture in “Wide Zoom” or
“Zoom” mode.
“Twin”
Displays a TV program beside the main screen.
“Swap”
Swaps the pictures between the left and right screens.
“Program Index”
Scrolls all tuned programs one by one for direct selection.
“Language”
Changes the menu language:
“English” t “
” (Thai)
“Picture Position”
Adjusts the picture position if it is not aligned with the
TV screen.
Adjusts the declination of the picture.
“Picture VPosition”
Adjusts the vertical position of the picture.
“Channel Setup”
“Picture
Rotation”
Presets channels, or select the TV system.
“Auto
Program”
The “Auto Program” menu is displayed.
Presets channels automatically.
“Manual
Program”
The “Manual Program” menu is displayed.
Presets channels manually.
“TV System”
Selects the TV system:
“B/G” t “I” t “D/K” t “M”
“Program
Label”
Assigns labels (such as station names) to the preset
channels.
“Program
Block”
Locks out specific channels.
“Program Edit” Changes the order of the preset channels.
“Game Mode”
Activates or deactivates GAME MODE feature.
“Video Label”
Assigns labels to the audio/video equipment connected
to the TV.
“Video Input”
Selects the input to which the audio/video equipment is
connected.
“Video 1” t “Video 2” t “Video 3” t “Video 4” t
“HD/DVD 1” t “HD/DVD 2”
continued
71
Introducing the menu system (continued)
Level 1
“Setup”
Level 2/Level 3
“Label”
Selects one of the prefixed labels or assign your own
label in “Edit” position.
“Video 1” t “VCR” t “SAT” t “Game” t “Edit”
“Color System”
Selects the color system:
“Auto” t “PAL” t “SECAM” t “NTSC3.58” t
“NTSC4.43”
“Eco Mode”
Activates or deactivates ECO MODE feature.
“S Input”
Selects the S video input mode: “Auto” or “Off”.
To restore the factory settings
Press the RESET button on the remote.
The settings other than the following items in the menu can be reset
by using the RESET button:
– “Language”
– “Program” and “Skip” in “Manual Program”
– “Fine” in “Manual Program”
– “TV System”
– “Memory Stick Menu” items
– “Picture Position”
– “Personal” in “Picture Mode” and “Sound Mode“
– “Program Label”
– “Video Label”
– “DRC Palette“ Custom settings
72
How to use the menu
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
DRC - MF :
DRC 1 2 5 0
DRC Pa l e t t e : Cus t om1
P i c t u r e Mod e : Pe r s o n a l
P i c t u r e Ad j u s t men t
3D - NR :
Of f
V CENTER
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
Pi c t ure
MENU
Press MENU to
display the menu.
VIDEO
IN
G–
Move the button
) up,
joystick (
down, left or
right to select
the desired item.
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
Mu l t i P i c t u r e
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
Twi n :
On
Swap
P r o g r am I n d e x
G–
Se l e c t :
Press the button
) to
joystick (
confirm the
selection and/or
go to the next
level.
Co n f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
Tw i n :
On
Swap
G–
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Other menu operations
To
Press/Move
Adjust the setting value
Move
up, down, left or right.
Move to the next/previous menu level
Move
left or right.
Cancel the menu
Press MENU.
Tips
• If you want to exit from Menu level 2 to Menu level 1, move
up or
down until the return icon (3) is highlighted, then press
.
(Enter), and F/f/G/g (up/down/left/right) buttons on
• The MENU,
the TV can also be used for the operations above.
Note
• If more than 90 seconds elapse between entries, the menu screen other
than that for “Memory Stick” menu automatically disappears.
73
Changing the
“Picture” setting
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
PRO
G+
A/B
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
The “Picture” menu allows you to:
adjust the picture setting, view higher
quality pictures and reduce picture
noise.
TW
IN
PR
MENU
–
OG
HD/DVD
Pi c t ure
Press MENU.
DRC - MF :
DRC 1 2 5 0
P i c t u r e M o d e : Pe r s o n a l
3D - NR :
Of f
MENU
1
Se l e c t :
2
Move
select
up or down to
, then press
.
Move
up or down to
select the desired option
(see the table below),
.
then press
End :
Pi c ture
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
DRC-MF:
DRC1250
P i c t u r e M od e : P e r s o n a l
3 D - NR:
Of f
Se l e c t :
3
Co n f i r m :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Pi c ture
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
DRC-MF:
DRC1250
DRC Pa l e t t e : Cus t D
om
1 100
RC
P i c t u r e M od e : P e r s P
o nr o
agl r es s i v e
3 D - NR:
Of f
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Select
To
“DRC-MF”
activate the Digital Reality Creation-Multi function feature to
display higher quality pictures.
Move
up or down to select “DRC1250”, “DRC100” or
“Progressive”, then press
.
“DRC Palette”
select one of the customized settings of the picture Reality and
Clarity levels.
Move
up or down to select “Custom 1”, “Custom 2” or
“Custom 3”, then press
.
“Picture Mode”
receive suitable picture mode.
Move
up or down to select “Dynamic”, “Standard”, “Hi-Fine”,
“Personal”*, then press .
* When the “Personal” mode is selected, the last adjusted picture setting in the “Picture
Adjustment” menu is received (see page 76).
74
Select
To
“Picture Adjustment”
adjust the picture quality when “Picture Mode” is set to
“Personal”.
P i c t u r e Ad j u s t me n t
Pi c t u r e
80
Br i g h t n e s s
50
Co l o r
50
Hue
00
Sha r p n e s s
50
Co l o r Tempe r a t u r e : Neu t r a l
Res e t
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
“3D-NR”
improve the picture quality of TV or video if a signal received is
weak.
Move
.
To cancel, select “Off”, then press
.
Tips
• For details on the options under the “DRC-MF” and “DRC Palette”
modes, see pages 21 and 22, respectively.
• When high-definition (HD) or progressive signals are input, “DRC-MF”
and “DRC Palette” do not function.
• When using the “Memory Stick” viewer, “DRC-MF”, “DRC Palette” and
“3D-NR” do not function.
• Some items of the “Picture Adjustment” menu are not available for the
pictures stored in a “Memory Stick”.
Press MENU.
continued
75
Changing the “Picture” setting (continued)
Adjusting the “Picture Adjustment” options
You can access the “Picture Adjustment” menu only when you have
selected “Personal” for “Picture Mode”.
1
2
3
4
Display the “Picture” menu and select “Personal” for “Picture Mode”.
Move
up or down to
select “Picture
Adjustment”, then press
.
P i c t u r e Ad j u s t me n t
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
Move
up or down to
select the desired item
(e.g., “Color”), then press
.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
Pi c t u r e
80
Br i g h t n e s s
50
Co l o r
50
Hue
00
Sha r p n e s s
50
Co l o r Tempe r a t u r e : Neu t r a l
Res e t
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
Color
Adjust the value or select the desired option according to the following
.
table, then press
Move
For
Move
“Picture”
decrease picture contrast
down or left to
increase picture contrast
up or right to
“Brightness”
darken the picture
brighten the picture
“Color”
decrease color intensity
increase color intensity
“Hue”*
increase red picture tones
increase green picture tones
“Sharpness”
soften the picture
sharpen the picture
“Color
Temperature”
Move
“Reset”
Select “Reset” and press
settings.
up or down to select “Cool”, “Neutral” or “Warm”.
to reset the picture to the factory preset
* You can adjust “Hue” for the NTSC color system only.
5
76
Repeat steps 3 and 4 to adjust other items.
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
80
Changing the “Sound” setting
The “Sound” menu allows you to adjust
the sound setting and adjust the volume
automatically. You can also listen to the
sound with surround effect.
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
A/B
PRO
G+
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
IN
P RO
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
Press MENU.
Pi c t ure
DRC - MF :
DRC 1 2 5 0
3D - NR :
Of f
MENU
1
Se l e c t :
2
Move
select
up or down to
, then press
.
Move
up or down to
.
then press
End :
Soun d
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
Soun d Mod e : Pe r s o n a l
Soun d Ad j u s t men t
Ba l a n c e
00
I n t e l l i g e n t Vo l ume : O f f
Su r r o u nd : O f f
Spea k e r :
MAI N
Se l e c t :
3
Co n f i r m :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Soun d
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
Sound Mode :
D y n am i c
So u n d Ad j u s t menD
t r ama
B a l a nc e
S o5 0f t
I n t e l l i g e n t Vo l umPee: O
r sf of na l
Su r r ou n d : O f f
S p e a ke r :
MAI N
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Select
To
“Sound Mode”
select the suitable sound mode.
Move
up or down to select “Dynamic”, “Drama”, “Soft” or
“Personal”*, then press
.
* When the “Personal” mode is selected, the last adjusted sound
setting in the “Sound Adjustment” menu is received (see page
79).
“Sound Adjustment”
adjust the sound quality when “Sound Mode” is set to “Personal”.
T r eb l e
Bas s
BBE:
Res e t
Se l e c t :
50
50
Of f
Co n f i r m :
End :
continued
77
Changing the “Sound” setting (continued)
Select
To
“Balance”
adjust the balance between the left and right speaker volume.
Move
down or left to increase the left speaker’s volume, up or
right to incease the right speaker’s volume, then press .
“Intelligent Volume”
adjust the volume of all TV programs and video inputs
automatically.
Move
up or down to select “On” to activate the Intelligent
Volume feature, then press .
To cancel, select “Off”, then press .
“Surround”
select the Surround mode.
Move
up or down to select “TruSurround”, “Simulated” or
“Off”, then press
.
“Speaker”
select if you use the TV’s speakers as the center speaker of your
audio system.
Normally select “MAIN”. When you want to use the TV’s
speakers as the center speaker, move
up or down to select
“CENTER IN”, then press .
Tip
• For details on the options under the “Sound Mode” and “Surround”
modes, see pages 20 and 33, respectively.
Press MENU.
78
Adjusting the “Sound Adjustment” options
You can access the “Sound Adjustment” menu only when you have
selected “Personal” for “Sound Mode”.
1
Display the “Sound” menu and select “Personal” for “Sound Mode”.
2
Move
up or down to
select “Sound
Adjustment”, then press
.
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
PRO
IN
TW
G–
TW
IN
T r eb l e
Bas s
BBE:
Res e t
PRO
G+
PRO
G–
Se l e c t :
3
4
5
Move
up or down to
select the desired item
(e.g., “Treble”), then press
.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
50
50
Of f
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
Co n f i r m :
End :
Treble
50
Adjust the value or select the desired option according to the following
.
table, then press
For
Move
“Treble”
down or left to decrease the treble, up or right to increase the
treble.
“Bass”
down or left to decrease the bass, up or right to increase the bass.
“BBE”
up or down to select “High”, “Low” or “Off”.
“BBE” can produce clear sound.
“Reset”
Select “Reset” and press
settings.
to reset the sound to the factory preset
Repeat steps 3 and 4 to adjust other items.
The adjusted settings will be received when you select “Personal”.
Note
• You cannot change the “BBE” mode when the TV is in the center speaker
mode (page 41).
79
Entering the
“Memory Stick”
menu
VIDEO
CENTER SP
A/B
PRO
G+
TW
Insert a “Memory Stick” into the
“Memory Stick” slot. For details on using
a “Memory Stick”, see pages 42 to 69.
V CENTER
MENU
IN
TW
PROG
INDEX
The “Memory Stick” menu allows you
to view still pictures and movies stored
in a “Memory Stick”.
IN
P RO
Press MENU.
Pi c t ure
DRC - MF :
DRC 1 2 5 0
3D - NR :
Of f
Se l e c t :
2
Move
select
up or down to
, then press
.
Make sure that “Memory
Stick Menu” is selected,
.
then press
For details on the options
under the “Memory Stick
Menu”, see pages 47 to 69.
Co n f i r m :
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
Memor y S t i c k Menu
G–
Co n f i r m :
Memory Stick Home
Slide Show
Option
Filter : Still
Select Folder
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Dig. Cam. Mode
G–
No :
Size :
File :
Date :
Tip
• If you select the “Memory Stick” menu in the TWIN or PROGRAM
INDEX mode, the TWIN or PROGRAM INDEX mode is cancelled.
80
End :
Memor y S t i c k
IN
TW
Se l e c t :
3
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
MENU
1
MEMORY STICK
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
End :
Changing the “Wide
Screen” setting
VIDEO
The “Wide Screen” menu allows
you to watch the picture filling
the 16:9 screen of the TV.
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
A/B
PRO
G+
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
IN
P RO
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
Press MENU.
Pi c t ure
DRC - MF :
DRC 1 2 5 0
3D - NR :
Of f
MENU
1
Se l e c t :
2
Move
select
up or down to
, then press
.
Move
up or down to
.
then press
End :
Wi d e S c r e e n
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
Wi d e Mode : Wi d e Zo om
Au t o W i d e : On
4 : 3 De f a u l t : Wi d e Z o om
V Cen t e r :
00
V Si z e :
00
Se l e c t :
3
Co n f i r m :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Wi d e S c r e e n
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
Wi de Mode :
Au t o W i d e : On
4 : 3 De f a u l t : Wi d e
V Cen t e r :
00
V Si z e :
00
Se l e c t :
Wi d e Zo om
No r ma l
Zuo ol m
F
l
Zo om
Co n f i r m :
End :
Select
To
“Wide Mode”
select the desired wide screen mode to fit the 16:9 screen.
Move
up or down to select “Wide Zoom”, “Normal”, “Full” or
“Zoom”, then press
.
For details on each mode, see “Using wide screen mode” on page 24.
“Auto Wide”
automatically display the picture in optimum wide screen mode.
Move
up or down to select “On” (factory setting), then press
.
Select “Off” if you want to display any picture in currently selected
wide screen mode.
“4:3 Default”
display a 4:3 picture in “Wide Zoom” (factory setting) or in
“Normal” mode.
Move
up or down to select “Wide Zoom” or “Normal”, then
press
.
continued
81
Changing the “Wide Screen” setting (continued)
Select
To
“V Center”
adjust the vertical position of the picture within the screen in “Wide
Move
up or down to move the picture, then press
.
“V Size”
adjust the vertical size of the picture within the screen in “Wide
Move
up to increase the vertical size, or down to reduce it, then
press
.
Notes
• “4:3 Default” does not function when “Auto Wide” is set to “Off”.
• When a 720p or 1080i format signal is received, the picture is always
displayed in Full mode.
Press MENU.
82
Operating the
“Multi Picture”
using the menu
VIDEO
PROG
INDEX
CENTER SP
IN
TW
A/B
PRO
G+
PROG
INDEX
The “Multi Picture” menu allows you to
use the TWIN pictures, or PROGRAM
INDEX feature.
MEMORY STICK
V CENTER
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
IN
P RO
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
Press MENU.
Pi c t ure
DRC - MF :
DRC 1 2 5 0
3 D - NR :
Of f
MENU
1
Se l e c t :
2
Move
select
up or down to
, then press
.
Move
up or down to
.
then press
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
Tw i n :
On
Swap
G–
Se l e c t :
3
Co n f i r m :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
Co n f i r m :
End :
G–
Select
To
“Twin”
display a different TV program beside the main picture.
Move
.
To cancel, press
or select “Off”, then press .
“Swap”
swap the left and right pictures of the TWIN screen.
“Program Index”
view multiple programs on the sub-screens.
To cancel, press PROG INDEX.
Press MENU.
83
Changing the
“Setup” setting
VIDEO
CENTER SP
The “Setup” menu allows you to adjust
the setup of your TV. For example, you
can change the menu language, preset
channels, etc.
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
PRO
G+
A/B
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
IN
PR
MENU
–
OG
HD/DVD
Press MENU.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
DRC - MF :
DRC 1 2 5 0
P i c t u r e M o d e : Pe r s o n a l
3D - NR :
Of f
Se l e c t :
2
3
84
Move
select
Number
buttons
Pi c t ure
MENU
1
1
up or down to
, then press
.
Move
up or down to
.
then press
End :
Se t u p
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
L an g uage :
En g l i s h
P i c t u r e Po s i t i o n
Cha n n e l Se t u p
Of f
Game Mod e :
V i d e o La be l
Co l o r Sy s t em: Au t o
Of f
E c o Mode :
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
G–
Select
To
“Language”
change the menu language.
Move
up or down to select “English” or “
.
Co n f i r m :
” (Thai), then press
Select
To
“Picture Position”
adjust the position of the picture if it is not aligned with the TV
screen.
P i c t u r e P o s i t i on
P i c t u r e V- Po s i t i o n
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
See “Adjusting the alignment of the picture” on page 87.
“Channel Setup”
preset channels.
Cha n n e l Se t u p
A u t o P r o g r am
Manu a l Pr o g r am
T V S y s t em : B / G
P r o g r am L a b e l
P r o g r am B l o c k
P r o g r am Edit
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
You can select automatic or manual channel presetting.
See “Presetting channels manually” on page 88.
You can change the TV system by selecting “TV System”.
For “Program Label” and “Program Block”, see “Assigning labels
to the preset channels” on page 92 and “Blocking channels” on
page 93, respectively.
You can also change the order of the preset channels to preference.
See “Changing the order of the preset channels” on page 90.
“Game Mode”
adjust the picture setting that is suitable to view video games.
Move
.
“Video Label”
assign labels to the connected audio/video equipment.
V i d e o La b e l
Vi d e o I n p u t : V i de o 1
V i deo 1
La b e l :
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
See “Assigning labels to the connected audio/video equipment”
on page 94.
“Color System”
select the color system. Normally, set this to “Auto”.
You can select the color system for each channel or each video
input.
“Eco Mode”
reduce power consumption of your TV to save energy.
Move
.
continued
85
Changing the “Setup” setting (continued)
Select
To
“S Input”
select the S video input mode.
Move
up or down to select “Auto” to receive the S video signal
automatically when the signals are input through both the
(S
video input) and
(video input) jacks of the same video input
channel, then press
.
To deactivate the S video input, select “Off”, then press
.
Notes
• If “Eco Mode” is on, the ECO MODE (
) icon will appear at the bottom
right corner of the screen when you turn on the TV or when you press
on the remote.
• “Game Mode” is available only when receiving signals through the t
(video input),
(S video input), or
(component video input) jacks.
• When high-definition (HD) signals or progressive signals are input,
“Game Mode” does not function.
• “Language” selection is disabled when the “Memory Stick” viewer is
displayed.
Press MENU.
86
Adjusting the alignment of the picture
The picture may be out of alignment with the TV screen due to the influence of the
earth’s magnetic field. You can adjust the position of the picture if it is not aligned.
1
2
3
4
After selecting “Picture
up or
Position”, move
down to select “Picture
Rotation”, then press .
Move
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Select :
G–
Co n f i r m :
left or right to adjust the picture declination.
Adjust so that the upper and lower bars become horizontal, then press
Move
up or down to
select “Picture VPosition”, then press .
Move
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
.
P i c t u r e V- P o s i t i o n
Select :
G–
Co n f i r m :
End :
up or down to adjust the picture position.
Adjust so that the distance between the upper bar and the top of the screen and
that between the lower bar and the bottom of the screen become equal, then
press .
Notes
• If you install the TV to another location, make sure to adjust the alignment
of the picture again.
• Before adjusting “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position”, keep
external speakers or other electrical equipment away from the TV. The
magnetic disturbance from these equipment or the direction of the earth’s
magnetic field may affect the TV.
• When adjusting “Picture Rotation”, adjust the value step by step. If you
rotate the bars largely at a time, color distortion may occur.
• If you do not succeed in adjusting “Picture Rotation” and “Picture VPosition”, turn off the TV and change its location or direction, then try to
adjust using the menu. Do not move the TV while the TV is turned on. If
you do, abnormal color patches may appear on the picture. Press ! on
the TV to turn off the TV for about 15 minutes, then turn it on again to
demagnetize the TV.
• You cannot adjust “Picture Rotation” and “Picture V-Position” when HD
signals are input or “Memory Stick” mode is selected.
continued
87
Presetting channels manually
1
After selecting “Channel
Setup”, move
up or
down to select “Manual
.
Program”, then press
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
P r o g r am:
09
B /G
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Au t o
Sk i p :
Of f
Se n s i t i v i t y : H i g h
G–
Se l e c t :
2
Select the program
number to which you
want to preset a channel.
(1) Make sure “Program” is
.
selected, then press
(2) Move
up or down until
the program number you
want to preset (e.g.,
program number “10”)
appears on the menu,
then press
.
Co n f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
P r o g r am:
09
B /G
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Au t o
Sk i p :
Of f
G–
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
P r o g r am:
10
B /G
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Au t o
Sk i p :
Of f
G–
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Tip
• You can also select the program number with the PROG +/– or number buttons.
3
Select the desired channel.
up or down to
(1) Move
select either “VHF Low”,
“VHF High”, or “UHF”,
.
then press
(2) Move
up or down
until the desired
channel’s broadcast
appears on the TV
screen, then press
.
4
If the sound of the
desired channel is
abnormal, select the
appropriate TV system.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
P r o g r am:
10
B /G
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Au t o
Sk i p :
Of f
G–
Se l e c t :
88
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
P r o g r am:
10
B /G
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Au t o
Sk i p :
Of f
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
(1) Move
up or down to
select “TV System”,
.
then press
(2) Move
up or down
until the sound
becomes normal, then
press
.
Co n f i r m :
P r o g r am:
10
TV Sy s t em:
B/ G
VHF L ow
I
AuDt /oK
F i ne :
Sk i p :
Of M
f
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
P r o g r am:
10
I
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
Au t o
F i ne :
Sk i p :
Of f
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
5
If you are not satisfied with
the picture and sound
quality, you may be able to
improve them by using the
“Fine” tuning feature.
(1) Move
up or down
to select “Fine”, then
press
.
6
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
Co n f i r m :
– +
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
P r o g r am:
10
I
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Au t o
Sk i p :
Of M
f anua l
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
– +
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
P r o g r am:
10
I
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Manua l
Sk i p :
Of f
Se l e c t :
If the TV signal is too
strong and the picture is
distorted, you can adjust
the TV reception
sensitivity.
(1) Move
up or down
to select
Sensitivity”, then
“
.
press
P r o g r am:
10
I
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Au t o
Sk i p :
Of M
f anua l
Se l e c t :
up or down
(2) Move
to select “Manual”, then
.
press
either up,
(3) Move
down, left or right
until the picture
and sound quality
are optimal, then
press
. The + or –
icon on the menu
flashes while tuning.
IN
TW
Co n f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
P r o g r am:
10
I
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
Manua l
F i ne :
Sk i p :
Of f
Sen s i t i v i t y : H i g h
L ow
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
(2) Move
up or down
to select “Low”, then
press
.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
P r o g r am:
10
I
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
Manua l
F i ne :
Sk i p :
Of f
Se n s i t i v i t y : L ow
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Notes
• The TV system (“TV System”) and the TV reception sensitivity
(“
Sensitivity”) settings are memorized for each program number.
• If there is a locked channel (see page 93) while you are presetting in
“VHF-Low” and “Fine” mode, that channel will be unlocked
automatically.
continued
89
Changing the order of the preset channels
(“Program Edit”)
After performing “Auto Program” or “Manual Program”, you can
change the preset channel assigned to each program number to
preference.
1
2
3
After selecting “Program
Edit”under “Channel
Setup”, make sure
“Program” is selected,
.
then press
Move
up or down to
select the program
number to which you
want to assign another
.
channel, then press
Move
up or down to
select “Edit”, then press
.
Pr o g r am Edit
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 09
Edit
G–
Se l e c t :
Move
up or down
until your preferred
program appears on the
to
screen, then press
confirm that channel.
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
End :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Co n f i r m :
End :
G–
Se l e c t :
Pr o g r am Edit
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 10
Edit
G–
Pr o g r am Edit
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 10
Edit
G–
To change the channels assigned to other program numbers, select
“Program”, then repeat steps 1 to 4.
Press MENU.
90
Co n f i r m :
Pr o g r am: 10
Edit
Se l e c t :
5
End :
Pr o g r am Edit
IN
TW
Se l e c t :
4
Co n f i r m :
Skipping unwanted or unused channels (“Skip”)
After performing automatic channel presetting, you can erase unwanted or unused
channels.
1
2
3
After selecting “Manual
Program” under “Channel
Setup”, make sure
.
then press
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
P r o g r am:
09
B /G
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Manua l
Sk i p :
Of f
Se l e c t :
Move
up or down
until the unused or
unwanted channel
number appears, then
.
press
Move
up or down to
select “Skip”, then press
.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
Pr o g r am:
06
B/ G
TV S y s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
M anua l
Sk i p :
Of f
Sen s i t i v i t y : Hi g h
Se l e c t :
Con f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
P r o g r am:
06
B /G
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
F i ne :
Manua l
On
Sk i p :
Se n s i t i v i t y : H i O
g hf f
Move
up or down to
select “On”, then press
.
Co n f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
P r o g r am:
06
B /G
TV Sy s t em:
VHF L ow
Manua l
F i ne :
Sk i p :
On
Se l e c t :
5
End :
M a n u a l P r o g r am
IN
TW
Se l e c t :
4
Co n f i r m :
Co n f i r m :
End :
To disable other channels, select “Program”, then repeat steps 2 to 4.
To restore the skipped channel
Select “Off” in step 4.
Press MENU.
continued
91
Assigning labels to the preset channels
(“Program Label”)
You can assign a label (such as station name) of up to 5 characters to
each preset channel.
1
2
Label”under “Channel
Setup”, make sure
.
then press
Move
up or down to
select the channel you
want to assign a label,
.
then press
Pr o g r am L a b e l
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 09
_____
La b e l :
G–
Se l e c t :
Move
up or down to
select “Label”, then press
.
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 10
La b e l : _____
G–
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 10
_____
La b e l :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Move
up or down to scroll through the label characters (A to Z, 0 to 9,
to confirm the highlighted character.
etc.), then press
To change the confirmed
character, move
left to
highlight it, then move
up or down to select the
correct character.
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 10
La b e l : A____
G–
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
Repeat step 4 to add up to 5 characters to the label.
To assign labels to other channels, select “Program”, then repeat steps 1 to
5.
Press MENU.
92
End :
G–
To insert a blank, leave “_”
right.
and move
5
6
Co n f i r m :
IN
TW
Se l e c t :
4
End :
IN
TW
Se l e c t :
3
Co n f i r m :
Blocking channels (“Program Block”)
1
2
Block” under “Channel
Setup”, make sure
.
then press
Move
up or down to
select the desired channel
.
(e.g. 06), then press
Pr o g r am B l o c k
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 0 9
B l o c k : Of f
G–
Se l e c t :
Move
up or down to
select “Block”, then press
.
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 0 6
B l o c k : Of f
G–
Move
up or down to
select “On”, then
.
press
To unlock the channel,
select “Off”.
Co n f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 0 6
Bl o c k :
On
Of f
G–
Se l e c t :
4
End :
IN
TW
Se l e c t :
3
Co n f i r m :
Co n f i r m :
End :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
Pr o g r am: 0 6
B l o c k : On
G–
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
The lock symbol ( )
appears on the screen when
“On” is selected.
End :
6
If a locked channel is selected, the lock symbol
appears on the screen.
5
To lock other channels, select “Program”, then repeat steps 2 to 4.
Press MENU.
Note
• If you preset a locked channel manually (see page 88), that channel will be
unlocked automatically.
continued
93
Assigning labels to the connected audio/video
equipment (“Video Label”)
You can assign one of the prefixed labels (such as VCR, SAT, etc.) or
your favorite label to the audio/video equipment connected to the
video inputs of the TV.
To assign a prefixed label
1
After selecting “Video
Label”, make sure “Video
Input” is selected, then
.
press
V i d e o La b e l
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
Vi d e o I n p u t :
V i deo 1
V i d e oV1i d e o 2
La b e l :
V i deo 3
V i deo 4
HD/ DVD 1
HD/ DVD 2
Se l e c t :
2
3
Move
up or down to
select the video input you
have connected the
equipment you want to
assign a label, then press
.
Move
up or down to
select “Label”, then press
.
Move
up or down to
select one of the prefixed
.
labels, then press
To assign your favorite
label, see page 95.
5
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
V i deo 1
La b e l :
G–
Se l e c t :
Press MENU.
94
Co n f i r m :
End :
V i d e o La b e l
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
V i deo 1
Labe l :
VCR
SAT
Game
Ed i t [ _ _ _ _ _ ]
Co n f i r m :
End :
V i d e o La b e l
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
VCR
La b e l :
G–
Se l e c t :
To assign labels to other equipment, select “Video Input”,
then repeat steps 2 to 4.
End :
V i d e o La b e l
IN
TW
Se l e c t :
4
Co n f i r m :
Co n f i r m :
End :
To assign your favorite label
1 Follow steps 1 to 3 on page 94 and select “Edit” in step 4, then
press .
2 Move
up or down to scroll through the label characters (A to Z,
to confirm the highlighted character.
0 to 9, etc.), then press
V i d e o La b e l
V i deo 1
Labe l :
VCR
SAT
Game
Ed i t [ V _ _ _ _ ]
Se l e c t :
Co n f i r m :
End :
To insert a blank, leave “_” and move
right.
left to highlight it,
To change the confirmed character, move
up or down to select the correct character.
then move
3 Repeat step 2 to add up to 5 characters to the label.
95
Troubleshooting
If you have any problem while viewing your TV, please check the following
troubleshooting guide. If the problem persists, contact your Sony dealer.
Symptom
Snowy picture
Noisy sound
Distorted picture
Possible cause
Solutions
• Check the antenna cable and
connection on the TV, VCR and on
the wall.
Page
7
• Channel presetting
is inappropriate or
incomplete.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu
under the “Setup” menu and select
“Manual Program” to preset the
channel again.
88
• The antenna type is
inappropriate.
• Check the antenna type (VHF/UHF).
Contact a Sony dealer for advice.
–
• The antenna
direction needs
adjustment.
• Adjust the antenna direction. Contact
a Sony dealer for advice.
–
• Signal transmission
is low.
• Try using a booster.
–
• Broadcast signals
are too strong.
• Display the “Channel Setup” menu
under the “Setup” menu and select
“Manual Program”.
Then, select “
Sensitivity: Low”.
89
• Turn off or disconnect the booster if it
is in use.
–
• If the sound of all the channels are noisy,
display the “Channel Setup” menu under
the “Setup”menu and select “Auto
Program” to preset the channels again.
• If the sound of some channels is noisy,
select the channel, then display the
“Channel Setup” menu under the
“Setup”menu and select the appropriate
TV system (“TV System”).
85
• The sound of the right
picture is selected
when TWIN pictures
are displayed.
• Press
29
• The power cord,
antenna or VCR is not
connected.
• Check the power cord, antenna and
the VCR connections.
7
• The TV is not turned
on.
• Press I/1 on the remote.
17
• Press ! on the TV to turn off the TV
for about five seconds, then turn it on
again.
18
• The connection is
loose or the cable is
damaged.
Noisy sound
Good picture
• The TV system
setting is
inappropriate.
Noisy sound
No picture
No sound
96
or
.
88
Symptom
Good picture
No sound
Dotted lines or
stripes
Double images or
“ghosts”
No color
Possible cause
• The volume level is too
low.
Solutions
• Press 2 + to increase the volume
level.
• The sound is muted.
• Press % to cancel the muting.
18
• The broadcast signal
has a transmission
problem.
• Press A/B until a better sound is
heard.
34
picture is selected
when TWIN pictures
are displayed.
• Press
.
29
• There is local
interference from cars,
neon signs, hair dryers,
power generators, etc.
• Do not use a hair dryer or other
equipment near the TV.
–
• Adjust the antenna direction for
minimum interference. Contact a
Sony dealer for advice.
–
• Broadcast signals are
reflected by nearby
mountains or buildings.
• Use a highly directional antenna.
–
• Use the fine tuning (“Fine”) function.
89
• The antenna direction
needs adjustment.
–
• Use of a booster is
inappropriate.
• Turn off or disconnect the booster if
it is in use.
–
• The color level setting
is too low.
• Display the “Picture” menu and select
“Personal” of “Picture Mode”, then adjust
the “Color” level under “Picture
Adjustment”.
76
85
–
• The magnetic disturbance • Keep external speakers or other
electrical equipment away from the TV.
from external speakers or
other equipment, or the
• Display the “Picture Position” menu
direction of the earth’s
under the “Setup” menu and adjust
magnetic field may affect
“Picture Rotation” and “Picture Vthe TV.
Position” so that the picture is aligned
to the TV screen.
• The color system setting is • Display the “Setup” menu and check
the color system (“Color System”)
inappropriate.
setting (usually set this to “Auto”).
needs adjustment.
Picture is not
aligned to the
TV screen.
or
Page
18
–
87
continued
97
Troubleshooting (continued)
Symptom
Solutions
Page
• The magnetic disturbance • Locate external speakers or other
from external speakers or
equipment away from the TV. Do not
other equipment, or the
move the TV while the TV is turned
direction of the earth’s
on. Press ! (main power) on the TV
magnetic field may affect
to turn off the TV for about 15
the TV.
minutes, then turn it on again.
• Display the “Picture Position” menu
under the “Setup” menu and adjust
“Picture Rotation” and “Picture VPosition” so that the picture is
aligned to the TV screen.
9
TV cannot receive
stereo broadcast
signal.
• The stereo reception
setting is
inappropriate.
• Press A/B until “Auto” appears on
the screen.
35
picture is selected
when TWIN pictures
are displayed.
• Press
29
Stereo broadcast
sound switches on
and off or is
distorted.
or
The sound switches
between stereo and
monaural
frequently.
• The connection is loose
or the cable is damaged.
• Check the antenna cable and
connection on the TV, VCR and on the
wall.
7
needs adjustment.
• Adjust the antenna direction. Contact a
–
• The broadcast signal
has a transmission
problem.
• Press A/B until a better sound is heard.
34
“100” appears at
the top of the
screen after
approximately 10
seconds and there is
no Teletext display.
• The channel carries
no Teletext broadcast.
Teletext display is
incomplete
(snowy picture or
double images).
• Connection is loose or
the cable is damaged.
• Check the antenna cable and connection
on the TV, VCR, and at the wall.
7
is inappropriate.
• Adjust the antenna direction. Contact a
–
• Signal transmission is
too low.
• Try using a booster.
–
• Use the fine tuning (”Fine”) function.
89
• There is interference
from external
sources, e.g., heavy
machineries, nearby
broadcast station.
• Use the fine tuning (”Fine”) function.
89
Lines moving across
the TV screen.
98
Possible cause
Abnormal color
patches
or
.
36
—
Symptom
The wide screen
mode changes
spontaneously
when “Auto Wide”
is “On”.
Possible cause
• During a transition
between two programs,
the TV detects the
optimum wide screen
mode. During this
period, an irregular
wide screen mode may
appear.
• The wide screen mode
is switched
automatically
according to the
received signal with an
ID-1 or S1 signal.
Solutions
Page
24
—
25
—
• The AUTO WIDE
feature stops
working
temporarily when
you have pressed
, and functions
again after a while.
• To fix in the manually selected wide
screen mode, set “Auto Wide” to
“Off” in the “Wide Screen” menu.
81
• The “Memory Stick” is
inserted
inappropriately.
• Insert the “Memory Stick” correctly.
46
• The “Memory Stick”
menu is not displayed.
• Press the MEMORY STICK button.
47
• No photo or movie
files are contained in
the “Memory Stick”.
• Insert a “Memory Stick” with photo or
movie files.
46
• The photo or movie
image is processed by
a computer.
• Set “Digi. Cam. Mode” to “Off” and
select the folder.
48
“No Memory Stick”
is displayed.
• The “Memory Stick” is
inserted
inappropriately.
• Insert the “Memory Stick” correctly.
46
“Memory Stick
error” is displayed.
is irregular.
• Remove the “Memory Stick” and insert
it again.
46
may be broken.
• Insert another “Memory Stick”.
46
The images in the
“Memory Stick” are
not displayed.
“File error” is
displayed.
“Format error” is
displayed.
• The name of the
selected file is not
correct.
is not formatted
correctly.
43
—
• Format it correctly using a digital
camera or other equipment, or insert
another “Memory Stick” formatted
correctly.
42
continued
99
Troubleshooting (continued)
Symptom
100
Possible cause
Solutions
Page
”Too many files.
Cannot enter Digital
Camera Mode.” is
displayed.
• When “Digi. Cam.
Mode” is set to “On”,
select the folder.
2,000 files or less can be
displayed.
46
“Memory Stick type
error” is displayed.
• The inserted “Memory
Stick” is not available
for use with this TV.
• Insert a “Memory Stick” available for
use with this TV.
46
“No file” is
displayed.
files available for
playback are contained
in the selected folder
of the “Memory Stick”
when “Digi. Cam.
Mode” is set to “On”.
select the folder.
48
files available for
playback are contained
in the selected folder
of the “Memory Stick”
when “Digi. Cam.
Mode” is set to “Off”.
• Select another folder that contains
photo or movie files.
48
The file name is not
displayed correctly.
• The file name has been
processed by a
computer.
“Memory Stick
locked” is displayed.
• The erasure
prevention switch of
the “Memory Stick” is
in the LOCK position.
• Unlock the switch.
43
“No movie file” is
displayed.
• “Show Movies” is
selected from “Filter”
of the “Options”
menu and no movie
files are contained in
the selected folder.
• Select the folder with movie files.
69
“No still file” is
displayed.
• “Show Stills” is
selected from “Filter”
of the “Options”
menu and no still
image files are
contained in the
selected folder.
• Select the folder with still image files.
69
“Playback has been
stopped. The file is
damaged.” is
displayed.
• The data in the movie
file is broken.
—
—
43
–
Symptom
Cannot play
shooting games.
TV cabinet creaks.
Static discharge is
felt when touching
the TV cabinet.
Possible cause
• Some shooting
games which
involve pointing a
light beam at the TV
screen with an
electronic gun or
rifle cannot be used
with your TV. For
detail, see the
instruction manual
supplied with the
video game
software.
• Changes in room
temperature
sometimes make the
TV cabinet expand
or contract, causing
a noise. This does
not indicate a
malfunction.
• This is the same static
discharge that is felt
when touching metal
door handles or car
doors especially when
the air is dry, for
example in winter.
This does not indicate
a malfunction.
Solutions
Page
_
__
_
—
_
—
101
Self-diagnosis function
Your TV is equipped with a selfdiagnosis function. If there is a problem
with your TV, the 1 (standby) indicator
flashes red. The number of times the 1
indicator flashes indicates the possible
causes.
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
PROG
MENU
1 indicator
1
2
3
4
102
Check that the 1 indicator flashes red a number of times between 3-second
intervals.
Count the number of times the 1 indicator flashes.
Press ! (main power) to turn off your TV.
Inform your nearest Sony service center about the number of times the 1
indicator flashed.
Be sure to note the model name and serial number located on the rear of your TV.
Identifying parts and controls
Front and inside the drop-down panel
Front panel
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
3
PROG
MENU
2
1
Inside the drop-down panel
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
qd qs
PROG
MENU
qa
0 9
8
Button/connector
1!
2 “Memory Stick”
indicator
3 “Memory Stick” slot
4
5
6
7
8
9
q;
qa
PROG +/–
2 +/–
t
F/f/G/g
MENU
AUTO PROG
t 4 ( , L(MONO)
/R)
qs t 4 (
)
qd i
7 654
Function
Page
Turn off completely or
turn on the TV.
Flashes when the data is being
read from a “Memory Stick”.
Insert a “Memory Stick“ into
this slot.
Select program number.
Adjust volume.
Select TV or video input.
Confirm selected items.
Select items in the menu.
Display the menu.
Preset channels automatically.
Connect to video/audio
outputs of equipment.
Connect to S video output of
video equipment.
Headphone jack
18
46
45
17
18
18
73
73
73
71
11
11
–
continued
103
Identifying parts and controls (continued)
Rear
C
#
3
120W MAX 8Ω
Y
Y
G
PB/
CB
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
PR/
CR
(MONO)
L
L
L
R
R
HD
SYNC
VD
R
1
2
3
1
1
2
3 4
2
5
Connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
104
6
7
8
Function
Page
Connect to S video output of
8
video equipment.
t 1/t 2/t 3 Connect to video/audio
8
outputs of video equipment.
T
Connect to video/audio inputs
12
of audio/video equipment.
1
Connect to component video
13
outputs on a DVD player.
2
Connect to component video
13
outputs on a DVD player.
Connect to a digital TV receiver 15
equipped with the G/B/R/HD
/VD outputs.
SYNC HD/VD
Connect to HD/VD outputs
15
on a digital TV receiver.
Connect to speaker terminals
16
on an amplifier.
8
Connect the antenna cable.
7
Remote control
The names/symbols of buttons on the remote are
indicated in different colors to represent the available
functions.
VIDEO
1
2
3
4
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
A/B
PRO
G+
V CENTER
5
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
IN
P RO
Label color
White
Green
Yellow
Pink
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
For TWIN picture operations
For optional components operations
Button
9
0
1 ?/1
2
3 %
4 MEMORY STICK
PROG
qa
5 V CENTER
RESET
qs
qd
TV
For Teletext operations
6
G–
HD/DVD
OPTION
Button function
For general TV operations
6 HD/DVD
7 t
qf
8 a
9 0 – 9, q; JUMP
qa PROG +/–
qs
qd
qf 2 +/–
Function
Turn off temporarily or
turn on the TV.
• Display on-screen information.
•Reveal Teletext concealed
information.
Mute the sound.
Display “Memory Stick
Menu” when a ”Memory
Stick” is inserted into the
”Memory Stick” slot.
Adjust the vertical position
of the picture.
Select component input.
•Select TV or video input.
•Stop Teletext page from
scrolling.
•Display the TV program.
•Turn off Teletext.
Input numbers.
Jump to previous channel.
Select program number.
•Set the TV to turn off
automatically.
•Show TV screen while
waiting for Teletxt page.
•Set the TV to turn on
automatically.
•Display Teletext service
contents.
Adjust volume.
Page
17
18
37
18
46
27
18
18
37
18
36
17
18
17
19
37
19
37
18
continued
105
Identifying parts and controls (continued)
Button
qg VIDEO ?/1
qg
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
qh
qj
qk
ql
w;
wa
ws
wd
wf
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
wg
wh
wj
wk
wl
PROG
OPTION
e;
RESET
ea
TV
es
Page
Function
•Power.
39
•Use with the number
38
buttons to set up the remote.
qh DRC-MF
Customize the picture Reality
22
PALETTE
and Clarity levels.
qj DRC-MF MODE Select DRC-MF mode.
21
qk CENTER SP
Select TV’s center speaker
41
mode.
ql A/B
•Select stereo/bilingual mode. 34
•Enlarge the Teletext display.
37
w; PROG INDEX
Display all preset TV
31
programs.
wa MENU
Display the menu.
73
ws
•Select, adjust and confirm
73
selected items in the menu.
•Select a program of the
30
right picture.
•Select desired program in
31
PROGRAM INDEX.
•Operate optional
39
components.
wd
Swap the left and right
29
pictures.
wf
Display TWIN pictures.
28
wg
Swap sound between the left
29
and right pictures.
wh
Display Teletext page on the
36
TV picture.
wj
(red)
•Select picture mode.
20
•Access a FASTEXT menu.
37
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
wk
(green)
wl
(blue)
e;
(yellow)
ea RESET
es OPTION
106
•Select sound mode.
•Select wide mode.
•Select surround mode.
Reset items in the menu to the
factory preset values.
Use with
to operate
optional components.
20
37
26
37
33
37
72
39
Specifications
KV-HR36 M61
Power requirements
220–240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption (W) Indicated on the rear of the TV.
Television system
B/G, I, D/K, M
Color system
PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC4.43, NTSC3.58
Available language for
Teletext
English, Farsi, French
Stereo/Bilingual system
NICAM Stereo/Bilingual B/G, I, D/K;
A2 Stereo/Bilingual (German) B/G
Channel coverage
B/G
VHF : E2 to E12 / UHF : E21 to E69 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
I
UHF : B21 to B68 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41
D/K
VHF : C1 to C12, R1 to R12 / UHF : C13 to C57, R21
to R60 / CATV : S01 to S03, S1 to S41, Z1 to Z39
M
VHF : A2 to A13 / UHF : A14 to A79/
CATV : A-8 to A-2, A to W+4, W+6 to W+84
8(Antenna)
75-ohm external terminal
Audio output (Speaker)
7.5W + 7.5W
3D Woofer
15W
Number of terminal
(Video)
(Audio)
Input: 4
Output: 1
Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Input: 6 Output: 1
Phono jacks; 500 mVrms
(S Video)
Input: 2
Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, unbalanced, sync negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p, 75 ohms
(Component
Video)
Input: 2
Phono jacks
Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms, sync negative
PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Audio: 500 mVrms
(G/B/R/HD/
VD Video)
Input: 1
Phono jacks
G: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms, B: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms,
R: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
HD: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms, VD: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms
Input:1
120 W max., 8 ohms
Output: 1
Stereo minijack
(Center
Speaker)
i (Headphones)
36in.
Picture tube
Tube size (cm)
(measured diagonally)
93
Screen size (cm)
(measured diagonally)
86
Dimensions (w/h/d, mm)
994 × 652 ×605
Mass (kg)
88
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice.
107
§”‡µ◊Õπ
ë ¢â“ß„π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåπ’È¡’°√–· ‰øøÑ“·√ß Ÿß
ë ‡§√◊ÕË ß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåπ’È„™â°√–· ‰øøÑ“ 220 › 240 ‚«≈µå AC
ë ‰¡à§«√‡ ’¬∫ª≈—Í°‰ø®π°«à“§ÿ≥®–‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ “¬ —≠≠“≥µà“ßÊ ‡ √Á® ¡∫Ÿ√≥å·≈â« ¡‘©–π—Èπ°√–· ‰øÕ“®√—Ë«‰À≈ºà“π “¬
Õ“°“»À√◊Õ¢—È«µàÕÕ◊ËπÊ ‰ª¬—ßæ◊Èπ¥‘π
ë ‡æ◊ËÕÀ≈’°‡≈’Ë¬ß°“√√—Ë«‰À≈¢Õß·∫µ‡µÕ√’Ë·≈–§«“¡‡ ’¬À“¬∑’Ë‡°‘¥°—∫√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈ „Àâ∂Õ¥·∫µ‡µÕ√’ËÕÕ°®“°
√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈ ∂â“‰¡à‰¥â„™â‡ªìπ‡«≈“π“π ∂â“ —¡º— ∂Ÿ°¢Õß‡À≈«∑’Ë√—Ë«‰À≈ÕÕ°¡“®“°·∫µ‡µÕ√’Ë „Àâ≈â“ßÕÕ°∑—π∑’¥â«¬πÈ”
–Õ“¥
2
‡æ◊ËÕ§«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—¬¢Õßµ—«∑à“π‡Õß Õ¬à“ —¡º— °—∫ à«π„¥ à«πÀπ÷Ëß
¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå “¬‰ø ·≈– “¬Õ“°“»¢≥–‡°‘¥øÑ“ºà“
‡æ◊ËÕ§«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—¬¢Õß‡¥Á° Õ¬à“ª≈àÕ¬„Àâ‡¥Á°Õ¬Ÿà≈”æ—ß°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå ·≈–√–«—ßÕ¬à“„Àâ‡¥Á°ªïπ∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
‡æ◊ËÕªÑÕß°—πÕ—πµ√“¬®“°‰ø‰À¡âÀ√◊Õ‰ø¥Ÿ¥ Õ¬à“«“ß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå„π∑’ËΩπ “¥∂÷ßÀ√◊Õ‡ªï¬°™◊Èπ
À“°¡’¢Õß‡À≈«À√◊Õ«—µ∂ÿ„¥µ°À√◊ÕÀ°≈ß‰ª„π‡§√◊ÕË ß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå °√ÿ≥“
„Àâ™à“ßºŸâ™”π“≠µ√«® Õ∫‡§√◊ËÕß‚¥¬∑—π∑’
‰¡à§«√ªî¥°—Èπ™àÕß√–∫“¬Õ“°“»¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
·≈–‰¡à§«√µ‘¥µ—Èß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå„π∑’Ë§—∫·§∫ ‡™àπ µŸâÀπ—ß ◊ÕÀ√◊Õ
µŸâµ‘¥ºπ—ß
∑”§«“¡ –Õ“¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå¥â«¬ºâ“·Àâß·≈–πÿà¡
Àâ“¡„™âπÈ”¡—π ∑‘π‡πÕ√å À√◊Õ “√ª√–°Õ∫∑“ß‡§¡’Õ◊ËπÊ ‡æ◊ËÕ∑”§«“¡
–Õ“¥‚∑√∑—»πå Õ¬à“µ‘¥ ‘ËßÕ◊Ëπ„¥ (‡™àπ ‡∑ª°“« ‡∑ª‡´≈‚≈‡øπ °“«) ≈ß
∫πµ—«µŸâ¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ·≈–√–«—ß‰¡à„Àâ‡°‘¥√Õ¬¢’¥¢à«π∑’ËÀ≈Õ¥¿“æ
‰¡à§«√‡ªî¥µŸâÀ√◊ÕΩ“À≈—ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡Õß ‡π◊ËÕß®“°¡’‰øøÑ“
·√ß Ÿß·≈–Õ—πµ√“¬Õ◊ËπÊ Õ¬Ÿà¿“¬„π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå À“°®”‡ªìπ§«√
ª√÷°…“™à“ßºŸ™â ”π“≠
§«√„™â‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå¿“¬„π∫â“π‡∑à“π—Èπ
‰¡à§«√„™â‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå„π¬“πæ“Àπ– À√◊Õ„π∑’Ë∑’Ë¡’ΩÿÉπ¡“° ¡’
§«“¡√ÈÕπ §«“¡™◊Èπ À√◊Õ°“√ —Ëπ –‡∑◊Õπ Ÿß
‰¡à § «√«“ß ‘ Ë ß ¢Õß„¥Ê ∫π
‡§√◊ÕË ß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ‰¡à§«√„Àâπ”È
À°√¥À√◊Õ°√–‡¥Áπ„ àµ—«‡§√◊ËÕß
·≈–‰¡à§«√«“ß«—µ∂ÿ„¥Ê ∑’Ë‡µ‘¡
πÈ” Õ“∑‘‡™àπ ·®°—π ∫π‡§√◊ËÕß
√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
Õ¬à“‡ ’¬∫ª≈—°Í À≈“¬Õ—π‡¢â“°—∫‡µâ“‡ ’¬∫Õ—π‡¥’¬«°—π ·≈–√–«—ßÕ¬à“à „Àâ “¬
‰øÀ—°ßÕ
µ‘¥µ—Èß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå∫π™—Èπ«“ß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå·≈–æ◊Èπ∑’Ë¡—Ëπ§ß∑’Ë
“¡“√∂√—∫πÈ”Àπ—°¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‰¥â µ√«® Õ∫„Àâ·πà„®«à“æ◊Èπ
™—Èπ«“ß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπæ◊Èπ‡√’¬∫ ·≈–¡’¢π“¥„À≠à°«à“∞“π¢Õß
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
¥÷ß “¬‰øÕÕ°‚¥¬®—∫∑’Ëµ—«ª≈—Í°‰ø Õ¬à“¥÷ß∑’Ë “¬‰ø‚¥¬µ√ß ∂÷ß·¡â«à“
®–ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå·≈â«°Áµ“¡ ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå¬—ß§ß‡™◊ËÕ¡
µàÕ°—∫·À≈àß®à“¬‰ø (À≈—°) ·≈– “¬‰ø¬—ß‡ ’¬∫Õ¬Ÿà „Àâ∂Õ¥ª≈—Í°ÕÕ°
°àÕπ∑’Ë®–‡§≈◊ËÕπ¬â“¬‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå À√◊Õ‡¡◊ËÕ‰¡à„™â‡§√◊ËÕß‡ªìπ‡«≈“
π“π
TH
ºπ—ß‡§≈◊Õ∫‡ß“¥È“π∫π·≈–¥È“π¢È“ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß‚∑√∑—»πÏ
ºπ—ß¥â“π∫π ·≈–¥â“π≈à“ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß‚∑√∑—»πåºà“π°“√‡§≈◊Õ∫ ’Õ¬à“ß¥’
«‘∏’ªâÕß°—π‰¡à„Àâ ’≈Õ° ’‡ ◊ËÕ¡§ÿ≥¿“æ À√◊Õ‡°‘¥√Õ¬∂≈Õ°:
ë À≈’°‡≈’Ë¬ß°“√π”«—µ∂ÿÕ◊Ëπ¡“°√–∑∫°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß‚∑√∑—»πå
ë Õ¬à“«“ß¢Õß√âÕπ ‡™àπ ∂â«¬°“·ø√âÕπ À√◊Õ«—µ∂ÿ∑’Ë¡’πÈ”Àπ—°¡“° ‡™àπ ·®°—π¥Õ°‰¡â∑’Ë¡’πÈ” ∫π‚∑√∑—»πå‡æ√“–À“°¡’πÈ”À°
√¥µŸâ¥â“πÀ≈—ß Õ“®∑”„Àâ‡°‘¥Õ—§§’¿—¬ À√◊Õ§«“¡‡ ’¬À“¬®“°‰øøâ“≈—¥«ß®√‰¥â
3
4
§ÿ≥ ¡∫—µ‘‡¥àπ∑’Ë§ÿ≥®–æÕ„®:
‚∑√∑—»πå¢Õß§ÿ≥¬—ßª√–°Õ∫‰ª¥â«¬§ÿ≥ ¡∫—µ‘‡¥àπµàÕ‰ªπ’È:
ë çDRC-MFé ‡æ◊ËÕ°“√√—∫™¡¿“æ§ÿ≥¿“æ Ÿß
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 21)
ë ç· ¥ß Õß¿“æé ‡æ◊ËÕ™¡ Õß√“¬°“√æ√âÕ¡°—π
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 28)
ë ç· ¥ß™àÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥é ‡æ◊ËÕ™¡À≈“¬√“¬°“√æ√âÕ¡°—π
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 31)
ë ç‚À¡¥¿“æé/ç‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ßé/ç‡´Õ√å√“«¥åé ‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫
·µàß‡§√◊ËÕß‚∑√∑—»πå¢Õß§ÿ≥ (¥ŸÀπâ“ 20 ·≈– 33)
ë çª√—∫®Õ°«â“ßé ‡æ◊ËÕ√—∫§«“¡‡æ≈‘¥‡æ≈‘π„π°“√™¡¿“æ
·∫∫ 16:9 (¥ŸÀπâ“ 24)
ë ªÿÉ¡ çMEMORY STICKé ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‡æ◊ËÕ
™¡¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π çMemory
Stické (¥ŸÀπâ“ 42)
ë øíß°å™—Ëπª√—∫·µàß°àÕπ„™âß“π ”À√—∫¿“…“∑’Ë„™â„π‡¡πŸ —Ëßß“πÀπâ“
®Õ °“√ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¿“æ ·≈–°“√µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 9)
ë µ—«‡≈◊Õ° ”À√—∫¿“…“∑’Ë„™â„π‡¡πŸ
fi Õ—ß°ƒ…/‰∑¬ (¥ŸÀπâ“ 84)
ë ç≈ÁÕ°™àÕßé ”À√—∫≈ÁÕ°™àÕß∑’ËµâÕß°“√ (¥ŸÀπâ“ 93)
ë çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ”À√—∫°“√ª√—∫√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 78)
ë çª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥é √–∫∫µ—Èß§à“·∫∫≈–‡Õ’¬¥ (¥ŸÀπâ““ 89)
ë ªÿÉ¡®Õ¬ µ‘Í° ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈ ‡æ◊ËÕ°“√ —Ëßß“π∑’Ëßà“¬¢÷Èπ
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 73)
ë çª√–À¬—¥‰øé ‡æ◊ËÕ°“√ª√–À¬—¥æ≈—ßß“π (¥ŸÀπâ“ 85)
ë ç√–∫∫‡°¡ åé ”À√—∫‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡°¡ å (¥ŸÀπâ“ 85)
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
“√∫—≠
§”‡µ◊Õπ
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
°àÕπ°“√„™âß“π .............................................................................................................................. 6
¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1 µ‘¥µ—Èß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÕ¬à“ß¡—Ëπ§ßª≈Õ¥¿—¬ ......................................................... 6
¢—Èπ∑’Ë 2 µàÕ‡ “Õ“°“» .......................................................................................................... 7
¢—Èπ∑’Ë 3 „ à·∫µ‡µÕ√’Ë≈ß„π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈ ........................................................................... 8
¢—Èπ∑’Ë 4 ª√—∫µ—Èß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ .................................................................. 9
°“√µàÕ “¬‡¢â“°—∫Õÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡ .................................................................................................. 11
°“√√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå ......................................................................................................... 17
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
°“√‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ß ................................... 20
°“√√—∫™¡¿“æ§ÿ≥¿“æ Ÿß ...................................... 21
°“√ª√—∫√–¥—∫§«“¡ ¡®√‘ß
·≈–§«“¡§¡™—¥¢Õß¿“æ ................................... 22
°“√„™â√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß ....................................... 24
°“√√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå
æ√âÕ¡°—π Õß√“¬°“√ ....................................... 28
°“√· ¥ß¿“æ®“°À≈“¬√“¬°“√æ√âÕ¡°—π ............. 31
°“√√—∫øíß‡ ’¬ß‡´Õ√å√“«¥å ...................................... 33
‡æ≈‘¥‡æ≈‘π°—∫‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ
À√◊Õ√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß Õß¿“…“ .................................. 34
°“√√—∫™¡‚∑√¿“æ ................................................. 36
°“√„™âß“πÕÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡ ........................................ 38
°“√„™â≈”‚æß°≈“ß®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå .............. 41
°“√„™â‡§√◊ËÕßÕà“π çMemory Stické ................... 42
°“√·π–π”√–∫∫√“¬°“√µà“ßÊ ............................... 70
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé ................. 74
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé ................ 77
°“√‡¢â“ Ÿà√“¬°“√ çMemory Stické .................... 80
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß çª√—∫®Õ°«â“ßé.................. 81
°“√„™âß“π√–∫∫ ç‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æé
®“°√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ° .............................................. 83
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é .............. 84
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡
°“√·°â‰¢ªí≠À“ ..................................................... 96
√–∫∫µ√«® Õ∫µ—«‡Õß........................................ 102
°“√‡√’¬°™◊ËÕ à«πª√–°Õ∫·≈–Õÿª°√≥å§«∫§ÿ¡ ..... 103
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“– ................................................... ª°À≈—ß
“√∫—≠ 5
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
°àÕπ°“√„™âß“π
¢—Èπ∑’Ë 1
µ‘¥µ—Èß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÕ¬à“ß¡—Ëπ§ßª≈Õ¥¿—¬
‡æ◊ÕË ªÑÕß°—π‰¡à„Àâ‚∑√∑—»πå‡≈◊ÕË πµ°®“°∑’«Ë “ß §«√„™â °√Ÿ µ—«¬÷¥·≈–·∑àß¬÷¥∑’„Ë Àâ¡“ ‡æ◊ÕË ‡æ‘¡Ë §«“¡ª≈Õ¥¿—¬„Àâ°∫— ‚∑√∑—»πå¢Õß
§ÿ≥
20 ¡¡.
3.8 ¡¡.
°√Ÿ
·§≈¡ªá
·∂∫
„™â °√Ÿ¬÷¥·∂∫‡¢â“°—∫™—Èπ«“ß·≈–√Ÿ∑’Ë¡’¡“„Àâ∑’Ë¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß
‡§√◊ÕË ß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
À√◊Õ
(1) §≈âÕß‡™◊Õ°À√◊Õ‚´à‡¢â“°—∫·§≈¡ªá
(2) „™â °√Ÿ¬÷¥·§≈¡ªáÀπ÷Ëßµ—«‡¢â“°—∫Ω“ºπ—ßÀ√◊Õ‡ “·≈–¬÷¥
·§≈¡ªáÕ’°µ—«Àπ÷Ëß‰«â°—∫√Ÿ∑’Ë¡’¡“„Àâ∑’Ë¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß
√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
À√◊Õ
(1) ºŸ°ª≈“¬‡™◊Õ°À√◊Õ‚´à·µà≈–¥â“π°—∫µ—«¬÷¥∑’Ë„Àâ¡“∑’Ë·ºß
¥â“πÀ≈—ß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
(2) ¬÷¥‡™◊Õ°À√◊Õ‚´à‡¢â“°—∫Ω“ºπ—ßÀ√◊Õ‡ “∑’Ë “¡“√∂√Õß√—∫
πÈ”Àπ—°¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‰¥â
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë §«√„™â °√Ÿ∑’Ë„Àâ¡“‡∑à“π—Èπ ‡æ√“– °√Ÿ·∫∫Õ◊ËπÕ“® √â“ß§«“¡‡ ’¬À“¬„Àâ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‰¥â
6
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
¢—Èπ∑’Ë 2
µËÕ‡ “Õ“°“»
À“°µâÕß°“√µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ ‚ª√¥¥Ÿ¿“æ ç°“√µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õé „πÀπâ“ 8
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
“¬Õ“°“»æ√âÕ¡Õÿª°√≥å·¬° —≠≠“≥
(¡’¡“„Àâ)
À√◊Õ
“¬Õ“°“»æ√âÕ¡Õÿª°√≥å·¬° —≠≠“≥
(¡’¡“„Àâ)
: ∑‘»∑“ß —≠≠“≥
‡æ◊ËÕª√– ‘∑∏‘¿“æ Ÿß ÿ¥
„™â “¬Õ“°“»æ√âÕ¡Õÿª°√≥å·¬° —≠≠“≥∑’Ë„Àâ¡“µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‰ª¬—ß “¬Õ“°“»À√◊Õ
‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ
‚ª√¥®”‰«â«à“ª≈“¬ “¬‡§‡∫‘≈¥â“πÀπ÷Ëß„™â‡ ’¬∫ª≈—Í°µ—«ºŸâ ·≈–ª≈“¬ “¬Õ’°¥â“π„™â°—∫ª≈—Í°µ—«‡¡’¬
µàÕª≈—Í°µ—«ºŸâ∑’Ë¢—È«µàÕ 8 ( “¬Õ“°“») ¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
¢âÕ§«√√–«—ß
Õ¬à“µàÕ “¬‰ø®π°«à“®–·πà„®«à“‰¥âµàÕ “¬‡§‡∫‘≈Õ◊ËπÊ ®π§√∫·≈â« ¡‘©–π—ÈπÕ“®∑”„Àâ‡°‘¥‰øøÑ“√—Ë«®“°‡ “
Õ“°“» À√◊Õ¢—È«‰øøÑ“Õ◊ËπÊ ≈ß Ÿàæ◊Èπ¥‘π‰¥â
¡’µàÕ
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
7
°àÕπ°“√„™âß“π (µàÕ)
«‘∏’µËÕ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈Ëπ«‘¥’‚Õ
°¥ªÿÉ¡ t ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈àπ‡∑ª«‘¥’‚Õ (¥ŸÀπâ“ 18)
‰ª¬—ß 8 (‡ “Õ“°“»)
“¬Õ“°“»æ√âÕ¡Õÿª°√≥å·¬° —≠≠“≥
(¡’¡“„Àâ)
·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥
ÕÕ°¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»
‡§√◊ÕË ß‡≈àπ«‘¥‚’ Õ
Y
“¬ S video
(·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
Y
G
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
AUDIO VIDEO
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß
HD
SYNC
VD
L
R
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß ( —≠≠“≥
—≠≠“≥ S S video ‡¢â“)
video ÕÕ°
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥
«‘¥’‚Õ·≈–‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°
“¬ —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß/«‘¥’‚Õ (·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
: ∑‘»∑“ß —≠≠“≥
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
2
‰ª¬—ß t 1, 2 À√◊Õ 3 ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“)
( ’‡À≈◊Õß)
-L (MONO) ( ’¢“«)
-R ( ’·¥ß)
ë ”À√—∫‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ·∫∫‚¡‚π µàÕª≈—Í° ’‡À≈◊Õß°—∫
(¢—È«µàÕ ’‡À≈◊Õß) ·≈–µàÕª≈—Í° ’¥”°—∫
-L (MONO) (¢—È«µàÕ ’¢“«)
ë ∂â“µàÕ “¬®“°‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“°—∫¢—È«µàÕ 8 (‡ “Õ“°“») „Àâµ—Èß§à“ —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ
‰ª∑’Ë™àÕß 0 ¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‰ª∑’Ë™àÕß —≠≠“≥ s video ‡¢â“ ®–ª√“°Ø ç√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é „Àâ‡≈◊Õ°
çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ”À√—∫ ç™àÕß s «‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“é (¥ŸÀπâ“ 86) ∂â“¡’ —≠≠“≥‡¢â“∑—Èß
( —≠≠“≥ s video
‡¢â“) ·≈– ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“) —≠≠“≥ s video ®–∂Ÿ°‡≈◊Õ°‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ À“°µâÕß°“√√—∫™¡
¿“æ®“°«‘¥’‚Õ∑’ËµàÕ‰«â∑’Ë™àÕß ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“) „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é ”À√—∫ ç™àÕß s «‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“é
¢—Èπ∑’Ë 3
„ à·∫µ‡µÕ√’Ë≈ß„π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‰¡à§«√„™â·∫µ‡µÕ√’Ë‡°à“ À√◊Õ„™â·∫µ‡µÕ√’Ëµà“ß™π‘¥√à«¡°—π
8
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
¢—Èπ∑’Ë 4
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
ª√—∫µ—Èß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
‡¡◊ÕË ‡ªî¥‡§√◊ÕË ß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ§√—ßÈ ·√° ®–ª√“°Ø ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈– ç√–π“∫·π«µ—ßÈ é ∑’¢Ë πÈ— µÕπ çª√—∫·µàß°àÕπ„™âß“πé
®“°√“¬°“√π’È ∑à“π “¡“√∂ª√—∫§«“¡‡Õ’¬ß¢Õß¿“æ ‡≈◊ËÕπµ”·Àπàß¿“æ„π·π«µ—Èß ·≈–·ºàπ ’∑’Ë‡°‘¥®“° π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°¢Õß
‚≈° (ª√“°Ø°“√≥åπ’È‰¡à„™àªí≠À“¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå) ª√—∫ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈– ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé „Àâ‡À¡“– ¡
¢âÕ·π–π”
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµ‘¥µ—Èß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå„π ∂“π∑’ËÕ◊Ëπ µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥âª√—∫ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈– ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé ®“°√“¬°“√∫π®Õ¿“æ (¥Ÿ
Àπâ“ 87)
VIDEO
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
PROG
MENU
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
A/B
V CENTER
PRO
G+
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
!
1
IN
PR
MENU
–
OG
°¥ªÉ¡ÿ ! ‡æ◊ÕË ‡ªî¥‡§√◊ÕË ß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
√“¬°“√ çª√—∫·µàß°àÕπ„™âß“πé
ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ ·≈– “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°
¿“…“ ”À√—∫√“¬°“√ —Ëßß“π∫π®Õ¿“æ
2
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°
¿“…“∑’ËµâÕß°“√ ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
ª√— ∫ ·µà ß °à Õ π„™â ß “π
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
‚ª√¥∑”°“√µàÕ “¬Õ“°“»
µâÕß°“√ª√—∫™àÕßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘?
çµâÕß°“√ª√—∫™àÕßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘?é ª√“°Ø
∫π®Õ¿“æ
3
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°
ç„™àé ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡ ‡æ◊ËÕµ—Èß™àÕß
·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
®Õ¿“æ®–· ¥ß¢âÕ§«“¡«à“°”≈—ß¥”‡π‘π
°“√µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ ‡¡◊ËÕ
µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√‡ √Á®·≈â« ç√–π“∫¢Õß
¿“æé ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
IN
G–
IN
G–
„™à
‰¡à„™à
¬◊π¬—π :
‡≈◊Õ° :
®∫ :
ª√— ∫ Õ— µ ‚π¡— µ ‘
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß : 09
√–∫∫∑’«’ : Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
VHF ≈à“ß :
G–
Sel e c t :
Con f i rm:
®∫ :
√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æ
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫ :
¡’µàÕ
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
9
°àÕπ°“√„™âß“π (µàÕ)
4
À“°‡ âπ√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æ‡Õ’¬ß
„Àâ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬À√◊Õ
¢«“‡æ◊ËÕ„Àâ√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æÕ¬Ÿà„π
·π«√–¥—∫ ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
G–
TW
P RO
IN
TW
PRO
G+
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
TW
P RO
IN
IN
G–
√–π“∫·π«µ— È ß
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫ :
√“¬°“√ ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé ª√“°Ø∫π
®Õ¿“æ
5
À“°‡ âπ√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æ∑’Ëª√“°Ø
∫√‘‡«≥¥â“π∫π·≈–¥â“π≈à“ß¢Õß
®Õ¿“æ‰¡à‡ ¡Õ°—π ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æ
·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
ª√— ∫ ·µà ß °à Õ π„™â ß “π
IN
G–
IN
µâÕß°“√ª√—∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈‚ø°— ?
„™à
‰¡à„™à
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
End :
çµâÕß°“√ª√—∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈‚ø°— ?é ®–
ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
6
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‰¡à„™àé ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
√“¬°“√ çª√—∫·µàß°àÕπ„™âß“πé ®–‰¡àª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æÕ’°„π§√—ÈßµàÕ‰ª∑’Ë§ÿ≥‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‚¥¬
°¥ªÉÿ¡ !
À“°µâÕß°“√· ¥ß√“¬°“√ —Ëßß“ππ’ÈÕ’° „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° ç„™àé ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
¢âÕ·π–π”
ë ∑à“π “¡“√∂¢â“¡‰ª¬—ßµÕπ®∫¢Õß√“¬°“√ çª√—∫·µàß°àÕπ„™âß“πé ‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
ë À“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‰¥âµ—Èß§à“‡√‘Ë¡µâπ™àÕß√“¬°“√∑’Ë‰¡àµâÕß°“√À√◊Õ‰¡à “¡“√∂µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√·∫∫
Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ „Àâµ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß (¥ŸÀπâ“ 88)
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë °àÕπª√—∫§à“ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈– ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé §«√‡≈◊ËÕπ≈”‚æß¿“¬πÕ°À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥å‰øøÑ“
„ÀâÀà“ß®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ‡æ√“–°“√√∫°«π¢Õß π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°®“°Õÿª°√≥å‡À≈à“π’È√«¡∑—Èß∑‘»∑“ß
¢Õß π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°¢Õß‚≈°Õ“® àßº≈µàÕ°“√ª√—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
ë À“°∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂ª√—∫§à“ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈– ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé ‰¥â ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ·≈â«
‡ª≈’Ë¬π∑’Ëµ—ÈßÀ√◊Õ∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ∑¥≈Õßª√—∫§à“Õ’°§√—Èß®“°√“¬°“√ ‰¡à§«√‡§≈◊ËÕπ¬â“¬
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå„π¢≥–∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß‡ªî¥Õ¬Ÿà ¡‘©–π—ÈπÕ“®∑”„Àâ‡°‘¥·ºàπ ’‡ªìπÀ¬àÕ¡Ê ∫π®Õ¿“æ „π°√≥’
¥—ß°≈à“« „Àâ°¥ªÿÉ¡ +/1 ‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ‡«≈“ª√–¡“≥ 15 π“∑’ ·≈â«®÷ß‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß„À¡à
‡æ◊ËÕ ≈“¬ π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
ë ‡¡◊ËÕª√—∫§à“ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé §«√ª√—∫§à“µ“¡≈”¥—∫ ∂â“À¡ÿπ√–π“∫§√—Èß≈–¡“°Ê Õ“®∑”„Àâ‡°‘¥°“√
‡æ’È¬π¢Õß ’¿“æ‰¥â
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂ª√—∫ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈– ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé ‡¡◊ËÕ àß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“ HD Signal À√◊Õ
‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ çMemory Stické
10
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
°“√µàÕ “¬‡¢â“°—∫Õÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡
°“√µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ/°≈âÕß«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë™àÕß t 4 ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“ 4)
·ºß¥â“πÀπâ“¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡°¡ å
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥
S video ÕÕ°
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕÕÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡ ”À√—∫ÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/«‘¥’‚Õ ‡™àπ ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ DTV
(‚∑√∑—»πå·∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈) ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¡—≈µ‘¥‘ °å (multi disc) °≈âÕß«‘¥’‚Õ ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡°¡ å
À√◊Õ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ‡¢â“°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‰¥â ”À√—∫«‘∏’°“√√—∫™¡¿“æÀ√◊Õ„™âß“π
Õÿª°√≥å¥—ß°≈à“«¡’Õ¬Ÿà„πÀπâ“ 18 ·≈– 38
PROG
MENU
( —≠≠“≥ S video ‡¢â“)
L(MONO)
“¬ S video (·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
R
4
‰ª¬—ß t 4 ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“)
( ’‡À≈◊Õß)
-L (MONO) ( ’¢“«)
-R ( ’·¥ß)
À√◊Õ
°≈âÕß∂à“¬«‘¥’‚Õ
“¬ —≠≠“≥¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ß (·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥
¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°
: ∑‘»∑“ß —≠≠“≥
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡°¡ å ®–ª√“°Ø ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é ∫π®Õ¿“æ „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é „π°“√µ—Èß§à“
ç√–∫∫‡°¡ åé ‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫¿“æ„Àâ‡À¡“–°—∫«‘¥’‚Õ‡°¡ å (¥ŸÀπâ“ 85)
ë ∑à“π “¡“√∂µàÕÕÿª°√≥å«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë™àÕß t 1, 2 À√◊Õ 3 ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“) ∑’Ë·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß
√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµàÕÕÿª°√≥å«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë™àÕß —≠≠“≥ s video ‡¢â“ ®–ª√“°Ø√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é „Àâ‡≈◊Õ°
çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é „π°“√µ—Èß§à“ ç™àÕß s «‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“é (¥ŸÀπâ“ 86) ∂â“ —≠≠“≥∂Ÿ° àß‰ª¬—ß™àÕß
( —≠≠“≥
s video ‡¢â“) ·≈– ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“) —≠≠“≥ s video ®–∂Ÿ°‡≈◊Õ°‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ À“°µâÕß
°“√√—∫™¡¿“æ®“°«‘¥’‚Õ∑’ËµàÕ‰«â∑’Ë™àÕß ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“) „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é „π°“√µ—Èß§à“ ç™àÕß s
«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“é
¡’µàÕ
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
11
°“√µàÕ “¬‡¢â“°—∫Õÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡ (µàÕ)
°“√µàÕÕÿª°√≥åÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/°≈âÕß«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë™àÕß T ( —≠≠“≥¡Õπ‘‡µÕ√åÕÕ°)
·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
C
#
3
“¬Õ“°“» (¡’¡“„Àâ)
120W MAX 8Ω
Y
Y
G
PB/
CB
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
PR/
CR
(MONO)
L
L
L
R
R
HD
SYNC
VD
R
1
2
3
—≠≠“≥‡ “
Õ“°“»ÕÕ°
‡§√◊ÕË ß‡≈àπ«‘¥‚’ Õ
2
1
‰ª¬—ß T
(™àÕß —≠≠“≥
¡Õπ‘‡µÕ√åÕÕ°)
( ’‡À≈◊Õß)
-L (MONO) ( ’¢“«)
-R ( ’·¥ß)
À√◊Õ
—≠≠“≥
‡ ’¬ß‡¢â“
‡§√◊ÕË ß‡ ’¬ß
—≠≠“≥¿“æ
·≈–‡ ’¬ß‡¢â“
“¬ —≠≠“≥¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ß (·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
“¬ —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß (·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
: ∑‘»∑“ß —≠≠“≥
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë À“°‡≈◊Õ° çHD/DVD1é À√◊Õ çHD/DVD2é ºà“π∑“ß®Õ¿“æ (¥ŸÀπâ“ 18) ®–¡’ —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°
¡“ ·µà®–‰¡à¡’ —≠≠“≥¿“æÕÕ°¡“∑“ß™àÕß T ( —≠≠“≥¡Õπ‘‡µÕ√åÕÕ°) ´÷Ëß‰¡à‰¥âÀ¡“¬∂÷ß°“√∑”ß“π
º‘¥ª°µ‘
12
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
°“√µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’∑’Ë™àÕß
1 À√◊Õ 2 ( —≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“)
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥
§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå«‘¥’‚ÕÕÕ°
“¬ —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß
(·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
—≠≠“≥
‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°
Y
G
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
‰ª¬—ß
1 À√◊Õ 2 (™àÕß ·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
—≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“)
“¬ —≠≠“≥¿“æ§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå«¥‘ ‚’ Õ
(·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
L
CR
CB
Y
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO
R
COMPONENT VIDEO OUT
S VIDEO OUT
LINE OUT
1
2
‰ª¬—ß -L ( ’¢“«)
-R ( ’·¥ß)
: ∑‘»∑“ß —≠≠“≥
‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ¢—È«µàÕ¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’∫“ß·∫∫Õ“®„™â™◊ËÕµà“ßÕÕ°‰ª:
µàÕ “¬
‰ª∑’Ë (‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’)
Y ( ’‡¢’¬«)
Y
PB/CB ( ’πÈ”‡ß‘π)
Cb B-Y À√◊Õ PB
PR/CR ( ’·¥ß)
Cr R-Y À√◊Õ PR
ë Õ¬à“µàÕÕÿª°√≥å„¥Ê ∑’Ë™àÕß HD/VD „π¢≥–∑’ËµàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’ºà“π∑“ß™àÕß
1 À√◊Õ 2 (™àÕß
—≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“)
ë ∂â“‡≈◊Õ° çHD/DVD1é À√◊Õ çHD/DVD2é ®“°®Õ¿“æ (¥ŸÀπâ“ 18) ®–¡’ —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°¡“
·µà®–‰¡à¡’ —≠≠“≥¿“æÕÕ°¡“®“° T ( —≠≠“≥¡Õπ‘‡µÕ√åÕÕ°) ´÷Ëß‰¡à‰¥âÀ¡“¬∂÷ß°“√∑”ß“πº‘¥ª°µ‘
ë „π°√≥’∑’Ë¡’ —≠≠“≥ Progressive ºà“π∑“ß™ËÕß
( —≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“)
∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂„™âß“π√–∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ (TWIN) ·≈–√–∫∫· ¥ß™àÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥ (PROGRAM
INDEX) ‰¥â ·≈–‰¡à “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ° çDRC-MFé çDRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é ·≈– ç√–∫∫‡°¡ åé ‰¥â
¡’µàÕ
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
13
°“√µàÕ “¬‡¢â“°—∫Õÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡ (µàÕ)
°“√µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’∑’Ë™àÕß t 1 2 À√◊Õ 3 ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“)
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥
¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°
·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
“¬ —≠≠“≥¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ß
(·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
R-AUDIO-L
VIDEO
LINE OUT
R
‰ª¬—ß t 1 2 À√◊Õ 3
( —≠≠“≥«‘¥‚’ Õ‡¢â“)
1
2
3
( ’‡À≈◊Õß)
-L (MONO) ( ’¢“«)
-R ( ’·¥ß)
‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’
: ∑‘»∑“ß —≠≠“≥
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡π◊ËÕß®“°¿“æ§ÿ≥¿“æ Ÿß„π·ºàπ¥’«’¥’∫√√®ÿ¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈®”π«π¡“° ®÷ßÕ“®‡°‘¥ —≠≠“≥√∫°«π‰¥â „π°√≥’π’È
„Àâ· ¥ß√“¬°“√ ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé ·≈–‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é „π°“√µ—Èß§à“∑’Ë ç‚À¡¥¿“æé ·≈â«®÷ßª√—∫
§«“¡§¡™—¥¢Õß¿“æ (ç§¡™—¥é) ®“°√“¬°“√ çª√—∫¿“æé (¥ŸÀπâ“ 76)
ë ∑à“π “¡“√∂µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’°—∫™àÕß
( —≠≠“≥ S video ‡¢â“) ∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‰¥â‡™àπ°—π
14
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
°“√µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ DTV ( —≠≠“≥‚∑√∑—»πÏ·∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈) ∑’Ë™ËÕß
( —≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµÏ«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢È“)
·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß
√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
1 À√◊Õ 2
( —≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“)
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
“¬§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå«‘¥’‚Õ (·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
1 À√◊Õ 2
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥
§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå«‘¥’‚ÕÕÕ°
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ —≠≠“≥‚∑√∑—»πå·∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥
‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°
V
VD
“¬ —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß
(·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
2
‰ª¬—ß -L ( ’¢“«)
-R ( ’·¥ß)
: ∑‘»∑“ß —≠≠“≥
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå¡’™àÕß —≠≠“≥ G/B/R/HD/VD ‡¢â“
À“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ DTV ¡’¢—È«µàÕ —≠≠“≥ Y/PB/PR ÕÕ° „ÀâµàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‰ª¬—ß¢—È«µàÕ Y/PB/PR ¢Õß™àÕß
1 À√◊Õ
2 Õ¬à“µàÕÕÿª°√≥å„¥Ê ∑’Ë¢—È«µàÕ HD/VD ¢Õß™àÕß
2
À“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ DTV ‰¡à¡’¢—È«µàÕ —≠≠“≥ Y/PB/PR ÕÕ° „ÀâµàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‰ª¬—ß¢—È«µàÕ G/B/R/HD/
VD ¢Õß™àÕß
2
§”·π–π”
ë ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå “¡“√∂√—∫ —≠≠“≥√Ÿª·∫∫µàÕ‰ªπ’È‰¥â:
‡ âπ ·°π∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
‡ âπ ·°π∑’Ë„™â‰¥â
fV (Hz)
1125i
1080i
50/60
750p
720p
50/60
625p
576p
50
625i
576i
50
525p
480p
60
525i
480i
60
¡’µàÕ
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
15
°“√µàÕ “¬‡¢â“°—∫Õÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡ (µàÕ)
°“√µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß¢¬“¬‡ ’¬ß
∂â“∑à“π„™â‡§√◊ËÕß¢¬“¬‡ ’¬ß∑’Ë„™â‡§√◊ËÕß∂Õ¥√À— —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß Dolby* ·∑π‡§√◊ËÕß‡ ’¬ß®“°
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ∑à“π “¡“√∂„™â≈”‚æß®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ≈”‚æß‡ ’¬ß°≈“ß ”À√—∫
‡§√◊ËÕß‡ ’¬ß‰¥â
‡ ’¬∫¢—È«µàÕ≈”‚æß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß¢¬“¬‡ ’¬ß∑’Ë™àÕß
(™àÕß —≠≠“≥≈”‚æß‡ ’¬ß°≈“ß‡¢â“) ¢Õß
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‚¥¬„™â “¬≈”‚æß∑’Ë„Àâ¡“æ√âÕ¡°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß¢¬“¬‡ ’¬ß
C
120W
MAX
8Ω
C
1 À√◊Õ 2 (™àÕß
—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå‡¢â“)
Y
Y
G
PB/
CB
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
PR/
CR
‰ª¬—ß “¬ —≠≠“≥
¿“æ§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå
(·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
(™àÕß —≠≠“≥≈”‚æß
‡ ’¬ß°≈“ß‡¢â“)
120W MAX 8Ω
(MONO)
L
L
L
R
R
HD
SYNC
VD
R
1
2
3
1
2
‰ª¬—ß -L ( ’¢“«)
-R ( ’·¥ß)
“¬ —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß
(·¬°®”Àπà“¬) ‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß√–∫∫
¥‘®µ‘ Õ≈‡¢â“
‡§√◊ËÕß¢¬“¬‡ ’¬ß
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥
‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°
≈”‚æßÀπâ“
≈”‚æßÀπâ“
(¢«“)
(´â“¬)
„¬·°â«π”· ß
≈”‚æßÀ≈—ß
≈”‚æßÀ≈—ß
(·¬°®”Àπà“¬)
(´â“¬)
(¢«“)
—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ
§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµåÕÕ°
‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’
‰ª¬—ß™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß√–∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈ÕÕ°
«Ÿø‡øÕ√å
: ∑‘»∑“ß —≠≠“≥
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµâÕß°“√„™â≈”‚æß®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ≈”‚æß‡ ’¬ß°≈“ß „Àâ· ¥ß√“¬°“√ ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé
·≈–‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ ’¬ß°≈“ßé „π°“√µ—Èß§à“ ç√–∫∫≈”‚æßé (¥ŸÀπâ“ 78)
* çDolbyé ‡ªìπ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬°“√§â“¢Õß Dolby Laboratories
16
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
°“√√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πÏ
VIDEO
∫∑π’ÈÕ∏‘∫“¬√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¢Õßøíß°å™—Ëπ·≈–«‘∏’„™âß“πµà“ßÊ ∑’Ë
„™â„π√–À«à“ß√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå ·≈–∑à“π “¡“√∂
„™â√’‚¡∑„π°“√ —Ëßß“π‡°◊Õ∫∑—ÈßÀ¡¥‰¥â
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
IN
TW
IN
HD/DVD
G–
HD/DVD
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROR
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
ªÉÿ¡µ—«‡≈¢
PROG
MENU
JUMP
PROG
PROG
+/ –
OPTION
RESET
2 +/–
‰ø —≠≠“≥ 1
TV
1
°¥ªÉÿ¡ ! ‡æ◊ËÕ‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
°¥ªÿÉ¡ !/1 ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈ ¢≥–∑’Ë‚∑√∑—»πåÕ¬Ÿà„π‚À¡¥
ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß™—Ë«§√“« (‰ø —≠≠“≥ 1 ∫π‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ ’·¥ß)
2
°¥ªÉÿ¡ PROG +/– À√◊ÕªÉÿ¡À¡“¬‡≈¢‡æ◊ËÕ
‡≈◊Õ°™àÕß∑’«’
”À√—∫À¡“¬‡≈¢ Õßµ—« „Àâ°¥ªÿÉ¡ -/-- °àÕπ
·≈â«®÷ß°¥ªÿÉ¡µ—«‡≈¢ (‡™àπ ”À√—∫ 25 „Àâ°¥
-/-- ·≈â«®÷ß°¥ªÿÉ¡µ—«‡≈¢ 2 ·≈– 5)
PROG
À√◊Õ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡¡◊ËÕ‡ª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ µ—«‡≈¢™ËÕß√“¬°“√À√◊Õ‚À¡¥«‘¥’‚Õ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æª√–¡“≥ 40 «‘π“∑’
—≠≈—°…≥åª√–À¬—¥‰ø‹ ( ) ®–ª√“°ØÀ“°µ—Èß§à“ çª√–À¬—¥‰øé „π√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é ‡ªìπ
ç‡ªî¥é (¥ŸÀπâ“ 85)
¡’µàÕ
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
17
°“√√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πÏ (µàÕ)
°“√‡≈◊Õ°™àÕß∑’«’·∫∫‡√Á«
1 °¥ªÿÉ¡ PROG +/› §â“ß‰«â
2 ª≈àÕ¬ªÿ¡É PROG +/› ‡¡◊ËÕÀ¡“¬‡≈¢™àÕß∑’ËµâÕß°“√ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°™àÕß∑’«’·∫∫‡√Á« ¿“æ∫π®ÕÕ“®‡°‘¥°“√°√–µÿ°‰¥â
´÷Ëß‰¡à‰¥âÀ¡“¬§«“¡«à“‡§√◊ËÕß∑”ß“πº‘¥ª°µ‘
°“√§«∫§ÿ¡·∫∫Õ◊π
Ë Ê
‡æ◊ÕË
°¥ªÉÿ¡
ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß™—Ë«§√“«
@/1
‰ø —≠≠“≥ 1 ∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå®–ª√“°Ø‡ªìπ ’·¥ß
ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß∂“«√
!
ª√—∫√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß
2 +/›
ªî¥‡ ’¬ß
%
™¡¿“æ®“°™àÕß —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“
(‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ °≈âÕß«‘¥’‚Õ
‡ªìπµâπ)
t
™¡¿“æ®“°™àÕß —≠≠“≥
§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå‡¢â“ (‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’
·≈–‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ DTV)
HD/DVD ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çHD/DVD 1é À√◊Õ çHD/DVD 2é
‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫ ŸàÀπâ“®Õ¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡ a (À√◊Õ t
∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå)
°≈—∫‰ª¬—ß™àÕß°àÕπÀπâ“π’È
JUMP
∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
(À√◊Õ t ∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå) ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç«‘¥’‚Õ 1é
ç«‘¥’‚Õ 2é ç«‘¥’‚Õ 3é ç«‘¥’‚Õ 4é çHD/DVD 1é À√◊Õ
çHD/DVD 2é
‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫ ŸàÀπâ“®Õ¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡ a (À√◊Õ t
∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå)
· ¥ß¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∫πÀπâ“®Õ*
* · ¥ß§Ë“∑’Ëµ—Èß‰«È ”À√—∫¿“æ/‡ ’¬ß À¡“¬‡≈¢™àÕß À√◊Õ‚À¡¥«‘¥’‚Õ °“√· ¥ß¢ÈÕ¡Ÿ≈‡°’Ë¬«°—∫¿“æ/‡ ’¬ß
∫π®Õ¿“æ®–À“¬‰ªÀ≈—ß®“°‡«≈“ºà“π‰ªª√–¡“≥ 3 «‘π“∑’
18
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
°“√µ—Èß‡«≈“‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
1
°¥ªÿÉ¡ ®π°«à“™à«ß‡«≈“∑’ËµâÕß
°“√ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
2
3
‡«≈“‡ªî¥:12H00M
À≈—ß®“° 12 ™—Ë«‚¡ß
‡«≈“‡ªî¥:ªî¥
‰¡à¡’°“√µ—Èß‡«≈“
‡≈◊Õ°™àÕß∑’«’À√◊Õ‚À¡¥«‘¥’‚Õ∑’ËµâÕß°“√„Àâ· ¥ß‡¡◊ËÕ∂÷ß‡«≈“‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß
°¥ªÿÉ¡ ! /1 À√◊Õµ—Èß‡«≈“ª‘¥‡¡◊ËÕµâÕß°“√„Àâ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåªî¥‡Õß‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
‰ø —≠≠“≥
∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå®–ª√“°Ø‡ªìπ ’ â¡
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
√–∫∫®–‡√‘Ë¡∑”ß“π∑—π∑’À≈—ß®“°∑’Ëµ—Èß§à“
‡ √Á®
‡«≈“‡ªî¥:10M
À≈—ß®“° 10 π“∑’
°“√¬°‡≈‘°°“√µ—Èß‡«≈“‡ªî¥
°¥ªÿÉ¡ ®π°«à“ ç‡«≈“‡ªî¥:ªî¥é ª√“°Ø∫πÀπâ“®Õ À√◊Õ °¥ªÿÉ¡ ! ∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡æ◊ËÕ
ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë À“°‰¡à¡’°“√°¥ªÿÉ¡„¥Ê ‡ªìπ‡«≈“π“π°«à“ 2 ™—Ë«‚¡ßÀ≈—ß®“°∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß‡ªî¥¢÷Èπ‡Õß‚¥¬°“√„™â°“√µ—Èß‡«≈“
‡ªî¥ ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå®–∑”°“√ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß™—Ë«§√“«‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ À“°µâÕß°“√°≈—∫‰ª™¡√“¬°“√
‚∑√∑—»πå‡™àπ‡¥‘¡ „Àâ°¥ªÿÉ¡„¥Ê ∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÀ√◊Õ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
°“√µ—Èß‡«≈“ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
°¥ªÿÉ¡ ®π°«à“™à«ß‡«≈“∑’ËµâÕß
°“√ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°™à«ß‡«≈“ªî¥√–À«à“ß
15 30 45 60 75 ·≈– 90 π“∑’
√–∫∫®–‡√‘Ë¡∑”ß“π∑—π∑’À≈—ß®“°∑’Ëµ—Èß§à“
‡ √Á®
‡«≈“ªî¥:15M
À≈—ß®“° 15 π“∑’
‡«≈“ªî¥:ªî¥
‰¡à¡’°“√µ—Èß‡«≈“
‡«≈“ªî¥:90M
À≈—ß®“° 90 π“∑’
°“√¬°‡≈‘°°“√µ—Èß‡«≈“ªî¥
°¥ªÿÉ¡
®π°«à“ ç‡«≈“ªî¥:ªî¥é ª√“°Ø∫πÀπâ“®Õ À√◊Õªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
«‘∏’„™â‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à¢Õß§ÿ≥
19
°“√‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ß
0
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ß √«¡∑—Èßª√—∫µ—Èß
§à“µà“ßÊ µ“¡∑’ËµâÕß°“√®“°À—«¢âÕ ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
JUMP
PROG
OPTION
RESET
°“√‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫¿“æ
°¥ªÿÉ¡ ´È”Ê ®π°«à“‚À¡¥¿“æ
∑’ËµâÕß°“√∂Ÿ°‡≈◊Õ°
¿“æ§¡‡¢â¡
¿“æª°µ‘
‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
¿“æ§¡™—¥
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
ç¿“æ§¡‡¢â¡é
√—∫™¡¿“æ∑’Ë¡’§«“¡§¡™—¥ Ÿß
ç¿“æª°µ‘é
√—∫™¡¿“æ∑’Ë¡’§«“¡§¡™—¥æÕ¥’
ç¿“æ§¡™—¥é
√—∫™¡¿“æ∑’Ë¡’§«“¡≈–‡Õ’¬¥ Ÿß¥â«¬§«“¡§¡™—¥µË”
ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
√—∫™¡¿“æ∑’Ëª√—∫·µàß¢÷Èπ‡Õß®“°À—«¢âÕ çª√—∫¿“æé „π√“¬°“√ ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé (¥ŸÀπâ“ 76)
°“√‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß
°¥ªÿÉ¡ ´È”Ê ®π°«à“‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ß
∑’ËµâÕß°“√∂Ÿ°‡≈◊Õ°
9 ‡µÁ¡√–¥—∫
9 ¿“æ¬πµ√å
9 ‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
9 π‘Ë¡π«≈
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
ç‡µÁ¡√–¥—∫é
√—∫øíß‡ ’¬ßÕ—π∑√ßæ≈—ß·≈–™—¥‡®π´÷Ëß‡πâπ∑—Èß‚∑π‡ ’¬ßµË”·≈– Ÿß
ç¿“æ¬πµ√åé
√—∫øíß‡ ’¬ß∑’Ë‡πâπ‡ ’¬ßæŸ¥·≈–‚∑π‡ ’¬ß Ÿß
çπ‘¡Ë π«≈é
√—∫øíß‡ ’¬ß∑’Ëπàÿ¡π«≈
ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
√—∫øíß‡ ’¬ß∑’Ëª√—∫·µàß¢÷Èπ‡Õß®“°À—«¢âÕ çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé „π√“¬°“√ ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé (¥ŸÀπâ“ 79)
§”·π–π”
ë ∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ß®“°√“¬°“√ (¥ŸÀ—«¢âÕ ç°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æéé
∑’ËÀπâ“ 74 ·≈– ç°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßéé ∑’ËÀπâ“ 77)
20
°“√√—∫™¡¿“æ§ÿ≥¿“æ Ÿß
fi çDRC-MF MODEé
VIDEO
MEMORY STICK
A/B
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
MENU
IN
TW
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
DRC-MF: DRC1250
DRC-MF: DRC100
MODE
DRC-MF
DRC-MF: Progressive
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
çDRC1250é
‡≈◊Õ°™¡¿“æ∑’Ë¡’§«“¡≈–‡Õ’¬¥ Ÿß¢÷Èπ
çDRC100é
≈¥°“√°–æ√‘∫∫π®Õ¿“æ
çProgressiveé
≈¥°“√ —Ëπ„πæ◊Èπ∑’Ë‡≈Á°Ê À√◊Õ‡ âπ ·°π¿“æ (‡™àπ µ—«Õ—°…√À√◊Õ¢Õ∫«—µ∂ÿ) ∫π®Õ¿“æ
§”·π–π”
ë ‡¡◊ËÕ —≠≠“≥¿“æ¡’°”≈—ßÕàÕπ §ÿ≥Õ“® —ß‡°µ‡ÀÁπ®ÿ¥À√◊Õ —≠≠“≥√∫°«π∫π®Õ¿“æ ‡æ◊ËÕ≈¥°“√
√∫°«π¥—ß°≈à“« ≈Õß‡ª‘¥√“¬°“√ ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é „π°“√µ—Èß§à“ ç‚À¡¥¿“æé
®“°π—Èπª√—∫ ç§¡™—¥é ®“°√“¬°“√ çª√—∫¿“æé ‡æ◊ËÕ≈¥§«“¡§¡™—¥¢Õß¿“æ≈ß (¥ŸÀπâ“ 76)
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ DRC-MF ‰¥â‡¡◊ËÕ„™âß“π ç· ¥ß™àÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥é À√◊Õ¢≥–∑’Ëµ—Èß§à“ ç‡ªî¥é „π
√“¬°“√ ç√–∫∫‡°¡ åé À√◊Õ ç· ¥ß Õß¿“æé ·≈–‚À¡¥π’È‰¡à “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫ HD (§«“¡§¡™—¥¢Õß
¿“æ Ÿß) À√◊Õ —≠≠“≥‡¢â“·∫∫ Progressive √«¡∂÷ß¿“æ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°ºà“π çMemory Stické
—≠≈—°…≥å DRC-MF (
Corporation
) ·≈– çDRC-MFé ‡ªìπ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬°“√§â“¢Õß Sony
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 21
°¥ªÉÿ¡ DRC-MF MODE ´È”Ê
®π‰¥â√–¥—∫§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æ∑’Ë
µâÕß°“√
DRC-MF
MODE
CENTER SP
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
PROG
INDEX
‡∑§‚π‚≈¬’°“√ √â“ß¿“æ ¡®√‘ß·∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈√–∫∫¡—≈µ‘
øíß°å™—Ëπ (DRC-MF) ®–∑”„Àâ‰¥â√—∫§«“¡‡æ≈‘¥‡æ≈‘π°—∫¿“æ
§ÿ≥¿“æ Ÿß®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå¢Õß∑à“π ‚¥¬ “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°
‰¥â®“°‚À¡¥ DRC-MF 3 √–∫∫ §◊Õ √–∫∫ çDRC1250é
‡æ◊ËÕ√—∫™¡¿“æ ¡®√‘ß (√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¿“æ Ÿß¢÷Èπ), À√◊Õ√–∫∫
çDRC100é ”À√—∫¿“æ‡§≈◊ËÕπ‰À« À√◊Õ√–∫∫
çProgressiveé ‡æ◊ËÕ√—∫™¡¿“æπ‘Ëß‡æ◊ËÕ≈¥°“√ —Ëπ‡µâπ¢Õß
¿“æ‡¡◊ËÕ®”‡ªìπ
°“√ª√—∫√–¥—∫§«“¡ ¡®√‘ß·≈–
§«“¡§¡™—¥¢Õß¿“æ
VIDEO
fi çDRC-MF PALETTEé
DRC-MF
PALETTE
CENTER SP
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
IN
G–
HD/DVD
°¥ªÉÿ¡ DRC-MF PALETTE ´È”Ê
‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç°”Àπ¥‡Õß 1é ç°”Àπ¥ °”Àπ¥‡Õß1 °”Àπ¥‡Õß2
°”Àπ¥‡Õß 1
‡Õß 2é À√◊Õ ç°”Àπ¥‡Õß 3é ∑’Ë DRC-MF
[25]
PALETTE
∑à“πµâÕß°“√µ—Èß§à“
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
°”Àπ¥‡Õß3
§«“¡ ¡®√‘ß
1
A/B
PROG
INDEX
√–∫∫ DRC-MF PALETTE ∑”„Àâª√—∫√–¥—∫¢Õß§«“¡
≈–‡Õ’¬¥ (§«“¡ ¡®√‘ß) ·≈–§«“¡‡√’¬∫ (§«“¡§¡™—¥)
¢Õß¿“æ∑’Ë àß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“„π·∫∫µà“ßÊ Õ“∑‘‡™àπ ∑à“π
“¡“√∂ √â“ß§à“°”Àπ¥‡Õß ”À√—∫¿“æ®“°™àÕß —≠≠“≥
“¬Õ“°“»‡¢â“ ·≈– √â“ß§à“ª√—∫µ—ÈßÕ◊Ëπ ”À√—∫¿“æ®“°
‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’ ´÷Ëß∑à“π “¡“√∂ª√—∫µ—Èß‰¥â∂÷ß 3 §à“ ®“°
™àÕß —≠≠“≥ “¬Õ“°“»‡¢â“ —≠≠“≥∑’Ë àß‰ª¬—ß™àÕß
—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“ 1 ∂÷ß 4 ·≈– —≠≠“≥‡¢â“§Õ¡‚æ
‡ππµå‚¥¬·¬°®“°°—π ·≈–µ—Èß§à“ ”À√—∫‚À¡¥¿“æ ç¿“æ
§¡‡¢â¡é ·≈– ç¿“æª°µ‘é/ç¿“æ§¡™—¥é/ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
‚¥¬·¬°®“°°—π (‰¥â Ÿß ÿ¥ 18 §à“ª√—∫µ—Èß)
MEMORY STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
§«“¡§¡™—¥ [01]
ª√—∫ :
2
®∫ :
¬°‡≈‘° :
¢÷Èπ ≈ß ‰ª∑“ß¢«“À√◊Õ´â“¬ ‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ çëé
¢≥–∑’Ë‡≈◊ËÕπ çëé Ÿß¢÷Èπ‰ªµ“¡·°π
ç ¡®√‘ßé ¿“æ®–¡’§«“¡≈–‡Õ’¬¥¡“°
¢÷Èπ
¢≥–∑’Ë‡≈◊ËÕπ çëé ‰ª∑“ß¢«“µ“¡·°π
ç§¡™—¥é ¿“æ®–‡√’¬∫¡“°¢÷Èπ
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬
§«“¡ ¡®√‘ß
[80]
§«“¡§¡™—¥ [80]
ª√—∫ :
22
®∫ :
¬°‡≈‘° :
3
°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫ Ÿà®Õ¿“æª°µ‘
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
°“√‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ª¬—ß§à“°”Àπ¥∑’Ëª√—∫µ—Èß§√—ÈßÀ≈—ß ÿ¥
‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ß°“√ª√—∫¿“æ·≈–°¥ªÉÿ¡ DRC-MF PALETTE ´È”Ê ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°§à“°”Àπ¥∑’ËµâÕß°“√
°“√¬°‡≈‘°‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫ Ÿà§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß¡“®“°‚√ßß“π
°¥ªÉÿ¡ RESET ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
‰ø‡µ◊Õπ√Ÿª®ÿ¥«ß°≈¡„π‚À¡¥°”Àπ¥‡Õß 1 ”À√—∫‚À¡¥¿“æ ç¿“æª°µ‘/¿“æ§¡
™—¥/‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬π’È· ¥ß§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß¡“®“°‚√ßß“π
µ”·Àπàßπ’È‡ªìπµ”·Àπàß∑’Ë¥’∑’Ë ÿ¥„π°“√ª√—∫°“√√—∫ —≠≠“≥¿“æµ“¡ª°µ‘
§«“¡ ¡®√‘ß
[80]
§«“¡§¡™—¥ [80]
ª√—∫ :
®∫ :
¬°‡≈‘° :
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ° DRC-MF PALETTE ¢≥–∑’Ë„™â PROGRAM INDEX À√◊Õ¢≥–∑’Ëµ—Èß§à“
ç‡ªî¥é „π√“¬°“√ ç√–∫∫‡°¡ åé À√◊Õ ç· ¥ß Õß¿“æé ·≈–‚À¡¥π’È‰¡à “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫ HD (§«“¡
§¡™—¥¢Õß¿“æ Ÿß) À√◊Õ —≠≠“≥‡¢È“·∫∫ Progressive √«¡∂÷ß¿“æ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°ºà“π çMemory Stické
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 23
°“√„™â√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß
VIDEO
√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß®–∑”„Àâ∑à“π‰¥â√—∫™¡¿“æ®“°®Õ¿“æ
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå„π —¥ à«π 16:9
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
PROG
OPTION
RESET
TV
°“√√—∫™¡¿“æ„π√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
fi AUTO WIDE
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå®–‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘µ“¡°“√ àß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“·≈–
π”· ¥ß¿“æ„π —¥ à«π 16:9
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë √–∫∫ AUTO WIDE Õ“®∑”ß“π‰¥â‰¡à ¡∫Ÿ√≥å¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿà°—∫§ÿ≥¿“æ„π°“√ àß —≠≠“≥ „π°√≥’π’È
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 26)
„Àâ‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡
ë µ—«Õ¬à“ß®“°µ“√“ß„πÀπâ“∑’Ë 25 · ¥ß§à“ª√—∫µ—Èß∑’Ëµ—Èß¡“®“°‚√ßß“π °≈à“«§◊Õ µ—Èß§à“ ç‡≈◊Õ°®Õ°«â“ß
Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ‡ªìπ ç‡ªî¥é ·≈–µ—Èß§à“ ç°”Àπ¥¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3é ‡ªìπ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé ®“°√“¬°“√
çª√—∫®Õ°«â“ßé (¥ŸÀπâ“ 81)
24
√–∫∫ AUTO WIDE ®–
∑”ß“π‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°Ç
¢≥–∑’√Ë ∫— ™¡Ç
¿“æ∑’Ë¡’Õ—µ√“ à«π
4:3 ª°µ‘∑’Ë¡’
—≠≠“≥ ID-1 À√◊Õ
S1 À√◊Õ·∫∫‰¡à¡’
—≠≠“≥ ID-1
¿“æ®–‡ª≈’Ë¬π‡ªìπÇ
¢¬“¬¿“æ*
¿“æ¬πµ√å «‘¥’‚Õ
À√◊Õ¥’«’¥’·∫∫
Letter Box √–∫∫
4:3 ¥â«¬ —≠≠“≥
ID-1
¢¬“¬
¿“æ®“°°≈âÕß«‘¥’‚Õ
∑’Ë∂Ÿ°∫’∫‡ªìπ√–∫∫
4:3 ¥â«¬ —≠≠“≥
ID-1 À√◊Õ S1
‡µÁ¡®Õ
¿“æ√–∫∫ 16:9
¥â«¬ —≠≠“≥
HDTV
‡µÁ¡®Õ
¢¬“¬¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3
‚¥¬∑’Ë¥â“π∫π·≈–
¥â“π≈à“ß¢Õß¿“æ®–
∂Ÿ°∫’∫„ÀâæÕ¥’°—∫
®Õ¿“æ√–∫∫ 16:9
¢¬“¬¿“æµ“¡·π«
πÕπ·≈–·π«µ—Èßµ“¡
Õ—µ√“ à«π∑’‡Ë ∑à“°—π
„Àâ‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ√–∫∫
16:9**
¢¬“¬¿“æ‡©æ“–·π«
πÕπ„Àâ‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ
√–∫∫ 16:9
¿“æ√–∫∫ 16:9 ∑’Ë
„™â —≠≠“≥ HDTV
®–· ¥ß„π‚À¡¥
ç‡µÁ¡®Õé ‡ ¡Õ
* ‡¡◊ËÕ‰¥â√—∫¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3 ª°µ‘ ‚À¡¥ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé ®–∂Ÿ°‡≈◊Õ°‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘®“°§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß®“°‚√ßß“π
À“°µ—Èß§à“ ç°”Àπ¥¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3é „π√“¬°“√ çª√—∫®Õ°«â“ßé ‡ªìπ çª°µ‘é ∑à“π “¡“√∂· ¥ß¿“æ
π—Èπµ“¡ª°µ‘‚¥¬‰¡àµâÕß¢¬“¬ (‚À¡¥ çª°µ‘é) (¥ŸÀπâ“ 81)
** ·∂∫ ’¥”Õ“®ª√“°Ø∑’Ë¢Õ∫¥â“π∫π·≈–¥â“π≈à“ß¢Õß®Õ¿“æ
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë —≠≠“≥·∫∫ 720p/1080i ®–· ¥ß¿“æ„π‚À¡¥ çª°µ‘é ‡ ¡Õ ·¡â®–‰¡à¡’ —≠≠“≥ ID-1
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 25
°“√„™â√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß (µàÕ)
°“√√—∫™¡¿“æ„π√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß∑’ËµâÕß°“√‚¥¬‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫‡Õß
°¥ªÿÉ¡
´È”Ê ®π°«à“‰ø· ¥ß
‚À¡¥∑’ËµâÕß°“√µ‘¥∫π®Õ¿“æ
¢¬“¬¿“æ
ª°µ‘
¥Ÿ¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡®“°À—«¢âÕ ç°“√√—∫™¡
¿“æ„π√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß·∫∫
Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é
”À√—∫√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¢Õß·µà≈–‚À¡¥
¢¬“¬
‡µÁ¡®Õ
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫‚¥¬„™â√“¬°“√∫π®Õ¿“æ (¥ŸÀπâ“ 81)
ë ‡¡◊ÕË ‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡
∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈À√◊Õ„™â√“¬°“√∫π®Õ¿“æ √–∫∫
AUTO WIDE ®–‰¡à∑”ß“π™—Ë«§√“«
√–∫∫ AUTO WIDE ®–∑”ß“πÕ’°§√—Èß‡¡◊ËÕ:
› ‡ª≈’Ë¬π™àÕß∑’«’‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡ PROG +/›
› ‡ª≈’Ë¬π™àÕß —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡ t
› ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå·≈â«‡ªî¥„À¡à
ë —≠≠“≥·∫∫ 720p/1080i (¿“æ√–∫∫ 16:9 ∑’Ë„™â —≠≠“≥ HDTV) ®–· ¥ß¿“æ„π‚À¡¥ çª°µ‘é
‡ ¡Õ
ë ∑à“π®–ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß·π«µ—Èß¢Õß¿“æ‰¥â‡¡◊ËÕª√—∫√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß‡ªìπ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé À√◊Õ ç¢¬“¬é
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 27)
26
°“√ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¿“æ
∑à“π®–ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß·π«µ—Èß¢Õß¿“æ‰¥âµàÕ‡¡◊ËÕ
› ¡Õß‰¡à‡ÀÁπ¥â“π∫πÀ√◊Õ¥â“π≈à“ß¢Õß¿“æ„π‚À¡¥ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé
› µâÕß°“√ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß·π«µ—Èß¢Õß¿“æ∫πÀπâ“®Õ‡ªìπ‚À¡¥ ç¢¬“¬é
°“√ª√—∫≈—°…≥–π’È®–„™â‰¥â‡©æ“–‚À¡¥ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé ·≈– ç¢¬“¬é ‡∑à“π—Èπ
1
°¥ªÉÿ¡ V CENTER
V CENTER
¢¬“¬¿“æ
ª√—∫√–¥—∫¿“æ·π«µ—Èß: 00
2
°¥ªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊ËÕπ
¿“æ„Àâ¢÷Èπ∫πÀ√◊Õ≈ß≈à“ß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
¢¬“¬¿“æ
ª√—∫√–¥—∫¿“æ·π«µ—Èß: +15
G–
¢¬“¬¿“æ
ª√—∫√–¥—∫¿“æ·π«µ—Èß: –15
3
°¥ªÿÉ¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë §à“ª√—∫√–¥—∫¿“æ·π«µ—Èß∑’Ëª√—∫‰«â¬—ß§ßÕ¬Ÿà·¡â«à“®–ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå·≈â«°Áµ“¡
ë ∑à“π “¡“√∂ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¿“æ„π‚À¡¥ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé ·≈– ç¢¬“¬é ‰¥â®“°√“¬°“√∫π®Õ¿“æ
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 81)
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 27
°“√√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå
æ√âÕ¡°—π Õß√“¬°“√
VIDEO
fi éTWINé
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
MENU
IN
TW
PROG
INDEX
∑à“π “¡“√∂· ¥ß¿“æ√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πåÕ’°√“¬°“√Àπ÷Ëß∑’Ë
¥â“π¢â“ß¢Õß®Õ¿“æÀ≈—°‚¥¬„™â·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ
(TWIN)
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
°“√· ¥ß¿“æ Õß¿“ææ√âÕ¡°—π (TWIN)
PROG
°¥ªÉÿ¡
10
12
°“√°≈—∫ ŸàÀπâ“®Õª°µ‘
°¥ªÉÿ¡
¿“æ∑“ß¥â“π´â“¬¡◊Õ®–· ¥ß‡µÁ¡®Õ
§”·π–π”
ë §ÿ≥ “¡“√∂· ¥ß¿“æ·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ‚¥¬„™â√“¬°“√®“°®Õ¿“æ (¥Ÿ¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡®“°À—«¢âÕ ç°“√
„™âß“π ç‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æé ®“°√“¬°“√∫π®Õ¿“æé ∑’ËÀπâ“ 83)
28
°“√§«∫§ÿ¡·∫∫Õ◊π
Ë Ê
‡æ◊ÕË
°¥/‡≈◊ÕË πªÉ¡ÿ
‡ª≈’Ë¬π√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå„π®Õ¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
≈—∫¿“æ„π®Õ¿“æ¥â“π´â“¬·≈–¥â“π¢«“
°¥ªÉÿ¡
≈—∫‡ ’¬ß√–À«à“ß®Õ¿“æ¥â“π´â“¬·≈–¥â“π¢«“
°¥ªÉÿ¡
—≠≈—°…≥å ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ¥â“π∑’Ë‰¥â¬‘π‡ ’¬ß
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß (TWIN PROG +/›)
‡ª≈’Ë¬π¢π“¥¢Õß®Õ¿“æ‡ªìπ¿“æ·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡
(TWIN)
‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡¢π“¥®Õ¿“æ¥â“π´â“¬
‰ª∑“ß¢«“‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡¢π“¥®Õ¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë °“√ ≈—∫¿“æ‰¡à “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫ —≠≠“≥‡¢â“®“° HD À√◊Õ¥’«’¥’
ë ¿“æ·∫∫ TWIN ‰¡à “¡“√∂„™âß“π°—∫ —≠≠“≥ HD (§«“¡§¡™—¥¿“æ Ÿß) ·≈– —≠≠“≥
Progressive À“°‡ª≈’Ë¬π¿“æÀ≈—°∑“ß´â“¬‡ªìπ¿“æ®“° —≠≠“≥ HD À√◊Õ Progressive ®–¡’¢âÕ
§«“¡ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ∫π®Õ¿“æ·≈–¿“æ·∫∫ TWIN ®–∂Ÿ°¬°‡≈‘° ®“°π—Èπ¿“æ®“° —≠≠“≥®“° HD À√◊Õ
Progressive ®–· ¥ß‡µÁ¡Àπâ“®Õ
ë ¿“æ·∫∫ TWIN ®–„™âß“π‰¡à‰¥â‡¡◊ËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÕ¬Ÿà„π√–∫∫≈”‚æß‡ ’¬ß°≈“ß (Àπâ“ 41) ·≈–
‰¡à “¡“√∂µ—Èß§à“‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ√–∫∫≈”‚æß‡ ’¬ß°≈“ß‰¥â¢≥–∑’Ë√—∫™¡¿“æ·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ
(TWIN)
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂√—∫ø—ß‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ®“°¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π¿“æ∑“ß¥â“π¢«“‡ªìπ¿“æ®“° —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“‰¥â (¬°‡«âπ —≠≠“≥ HD ·≈–
Progressive) ∑à“π®–√—∫™¡¿“æ®“° —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“∫π®Õ¿“æ¥â“π¢«“‚¥¬ ≈—∫¿“æ‡¡◊ËÕ¿“æ
—≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“· ¥ß∑’Ë®Õ¿“æ¥â“π´â“¬‡∑à“π—Èπ
ë ‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÿÉ¡ ®Õ¿“æ®– —ËπÀ√◊Õ¿“æÀ“¬‰ªª√–¡“≥Àπ÷Ëß«‘π“∑’°àÕπ∑’Ë¿“æ·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ
(TWIN) ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ ´÷Ëß‰¡à‰¥âÀ¡“¬§«“¡«à“‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå∑”ß“πº‘¥ª°µ‘
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 29
°“√√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πåæ√âÕ¡°—π Õß√“¬°“√ fi éTWINé (µàÕ)
°“√‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå‚¥¬„™â PAP (¿“æ´âÕπ¿“æ)
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå∑’ËµâÕß°“√‰¥â‚¥¬µ√ß®“°®Õ¿“æ¥â“π¢«“‚¥¬„™âªÿÉ¡
1
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß
(TWIN PROG +/›)
¿“æ Õß¿“æ®“°™àÕß‡¥’¬«°—π®–
ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ (PAP)
2
3
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß
(TWIN PROG +/›) ®π°«à“
√“¬°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√ª√“°Ø∫π
®Õ¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
(TWIN PROG +/›)
10
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
10
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
°¥ªÿÉ¡ ‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ
10
8
G–
8
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π™àÕß¿“æ¥â“π´â“¬
°¥ªÉÿ¡ PROG +/› À√◊ÕªÉÿ¡µ—«‡≈¢
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π√–∫∫ PAP °≈—∫ Ÿà®Õ¿“æª°µ‘
°¥ªÉÿ¡
¿“æ∑“ß¥â“π´â“¬®–· ¥ß‡µÁ¡®Õ
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π¢π“¥¿“æÀ√◊Õ ≈—∫¿“æ Õß¿“æ„π√–∫∫¿“æ´âÕπ¿“æ (PAP) ‰¥â
(®– ≈—∫‰¥â‡©æ“–‡ ’¬ß‡∑à“π—Èπ)
ë ≈—°…≥–¿“æ´âÕπ¿“æ (PAP) ‰¡à “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫ —≠≠“≥ HD‹ (§«“¡§¡™—¥¿“æ Ÿß) ·≈–
Progressive ∂â“‡ª≈’Ë¬π¿“æÀ≈—°∑“ß´â“¬‡ªìπ¿“æ®“° —≠≠“≥ HD ·≈– Progressive ®–¡’¢âÕ§«“¡
ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ·≈–≈—°…≥–¿“æ´âÕπ¿“æ®–∂Ÿ°¬°‡≈‘° ¿“æ®“° —≠≠“≥ HD ·≈– Progressive ®–
· ¥ß‡µÁ¡®Õ
30
°“√· ¥ß¿“æ®“°À≈“¬√“¬
°“√æ√âÕ¡°—π
VIDEO
fi çPROGRAM INDEXé
CENTER SP
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
PROG
INDEX
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
√–∫∫ PROGRAM INDEX ®–· ¥ß™àÕß√“¬°“√∑—Èß
À¡¥∑’Ë‡ªî¥„π¢≥–π—Èπ∫π®Õ¿“æ‡æ◊ËÕ„Àâ‡≈◊Õ°‰¥â‚¥¬µ√ß
MEMORY STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
°¥ªÉÿ¡ PROG INDEX
10
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß ‡æ◊ËÕ„Àâ
√“¬°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√√—∫™¡· ¥ßÕ¬Ÿà„π
°√Õ∫ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ßÕ’°§√—Èß‡æ◊ËÕ
°≈—∫ Ÿà°“√‡≈◊ËÕπ·∂∫¿“æ
PROG
INDEX
√“¬°“√∫π®Õ¿“æ„π¢≥–π—Èπ®–∂Ÿ°≈¥¢π“¥
·≈–· ¥ß∑’Ë®Õ¥â“π´â“¬ √“¬°“√∑’Ë‡ªî¥‡ªìπ
√“¬°“√·√°®–· ¥ßÕ¬Ÿà¥â“π¢«“≈à“ß¢Õß
®Õ¿“æ ·≈–°≈“¬‡ªìπ¿“æπ‘Ëß ·≈–‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊ËÕπ
¢÷Èπ √“¬°“√∂—¥‰ª®–ª√“°Ø∑’Ë¥â“π¢«“≈à“ß
·≈–√“¬°“√∑’Ë‡ªî¥∑—ÈßÀ¡¥®–· ¥ß‚¥¬‡√’¬ß
µ“¡≈”¥—∫
2
1
10
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 31
°“√· ¥ß¿“æ®“°À≈“¬√“¬°“√æ√âÕ¡°—π - çPROGRAM INDEXé (µàÕ)
3
°¥ªÉÿ¡ Õ’°§√—Èß‡æ◊ËÕ¢¬“¬¿“æ
√“¬°“√∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°®“°°√Õ∫¥â“π´â“¬
√“¬°“√∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°®–· ¥ß„π¿“æ
‡§≈◊ËÕπ‰À«µ“¡ª°µ‘·≈– —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß
®–‡ª≈’Ë¬π‡ªìπ‡ ’¬ß®“°√“¬°“√π’È
4
8
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
°¥ªÉÿ¡ PROG INDEX
PROG
INDEX
√“¬°“√∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°®–ª√“°Ø‡µÁ¡®Õ
8
§”·π–π”
ë ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ßÕ’°§√—Èß‡æ◊ËÕ‡ª≈’Ë¬π∑‘»∑“ß„π°“√‡≈◊ËÕπ°√Õ∫¿“æ ·≈–°¥ªÉÿ¡
§â“ß‰«â‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡§«“¡‡√Á«„π°“√‡≈◊ËÕπ°√Õ∫¿“æ
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß
°¥ªÿÉ¡ PROG INDEX Õ’°§√—Èß À√◊Õ:
1 ‡≈◊Õ° ç· ¥ß™àÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥é ®“°√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æé
2 °¥ªÿÉ¡
§”·π–π”
ë §ÿ≥ “¡“√∂· ¥ß¿“æÀ≈“¬¿“ææ√âÕ¡°—π‚¥¬„™â√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æé ®“°®Õ¿“æ
(¥Ÿ¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡®“°À—«¢âÕ ç°“√„™âß“π ç‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æé ∑’ËÀπâ“ 83)
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ¢≥–∑’Ë· ¥ß¿“æ®“°À≈“¬√“¬°“√æ√âÕ¡°—π ∑à“π®–‰¥â¬‘π‡ ’¬ß¢Õß®Õ¿“æ¥â“π´â“¬‡∑à“π—Èπ
ë °“√· ¥ß¿“æ·∫∫ PROGRAM INDEX ‰¡à “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫¿“æ®“° —≠≠“≥ HD (§«“¡§¡™—¥
¿“æ Ÿß) À√◊Õ Progressive ¿“æ·∫∫ HD À√◊Õ Progressive ∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°®–· ¥ß‡µÁ¡®Õ
32
°“√√—∫øíß‡ ’¬ß‡´Õ√å√“«¥å
√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß‡´Õ√å√“«¥å®–∑”„Àâ∑à“π‡æ≈‘¥‡æ≈‘π°—∫‡ ’¬ß
‡ ¡◊Õπ®√‘ß¥—ËßÕ¬Ÿà„πÀâÕß· ¥ß§Õπ‡ ‘√åµÀ√◊Õ‚√ß¿“æ
¬πµ√å
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
PROG
OPTION
RESET
TV
°¥ªÉÿ¡ ´È”Ê ®π°«à“√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß
‡´Õ√å√“«¥å∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
‡´Õ√å√“«¥å: TruSurround
‡´Õ√å√“«¥å: ªî¥
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
çTruSurroundé*
√—∫øíß‡ ’¬ß‡´Õ√å√“«¥å∑’Ë¥—ß°√–À÷Ë¡‰ª∑—Ë«∑—ÈßÀâÕß
çSimulatedé
√—∫øíß‡ ’¬ß‚¡‚π¥—Ëß‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ
çªî¥é
ªî¥√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß‡´Õ√å√“«¥å
‡´Õ√å√“«¥å: Simulated
* TruSurround, SRS ·≈– —≠≈—°…≥å
 ‡ªìπ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬°“√§â“¢Õß SRS Labs, Inc.
‡∑§‚π‚≈¬’ TruSurround √â“ß¿“¬„µâ≈‘¢ ‘∑∏‘Ï¢Õß SRS Labs, Inc.
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π‡ ’¬ß‡´Õ√å√“«¥å¢≥–∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÕ¬Ÿà„π√–∫∫≈”‚æß‡ ’¬ß°≈“ß (¥ŸÀπâ“ 41)
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 33
‡æ≈‘¥‡æ≈‘π°—∫‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ
À√◊Õ√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß Õß¿“…“
VIDEO
CENTER SP
A/B
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
∑à“π®–‡æ≈‘¥‡æ≈‘π„π°“√√—∫øíß‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚ÕÀ√◊Õ√–∫∫
‡ ’¬ß Õß¿“…“∑—Èß·∫∫ NICAM ·≈– A2 (‡¬Õ√¡—π)
MEMORY STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
°¥ªÉÿ¡ A/B ´È”Ê ®π°«à“®–‰¥â¬‘π
‡ ’¬ß∑’ËµâÕß°“√
NICAM
A/B
¢≥–√—∫ —≠≠“≥¿“æ„π√–∫∫ NICAM
°“√√—∫ —≠≠“≥
NICAM ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ
NICAM Õß¿“…“
°“√· ¥ß∫π®Õ¿“æ (√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°)
NICAM
‚¡‚π
(‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ)
(‡ ’¬ßª°µ‘)
NICAM
NICAM
‚¡‚π
‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°
‡ ’¬ß√Õß
(‡ ’¬ßª°µ‘)
(‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°)
(‡ ’¬ß√Õß)
NICAM ‚¡‚π
NICAM
‚¡‚π
‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°
(‡ ’¬ßª°µ‘)
(‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°)
34
¢≥–√—∫ —≠≠“≥¿“æ„π√–∫∫ A2 (‡¬Õ√¡—π)
°“√√—∫ —≠≠“≥
A2 (‡¬Õ√¡—π) ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ
°“√· ¥ß∫π®Õ¿“æ (√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°)
‚¡‚π
‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ
(‡ ’¬ßª°µ‘)
(‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ)
A2 (‡¬Õ√¡—π) Õß¿“…“
‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°
‡ ’¬ß√Õß
(‡ ’¬ß√Õß)
(‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°)
∫√‘‡«≥∑’Ë√—∫ —≠≠“≥¿“æ„π√–∫∫ NICAM ·≈– A2 (‡¬Õ√¡—π)
√–∫∫
∫√‘‡«≥∑’Ë√—∫ —≠≠“≥
NICAM
ª√–‡∑»‰∑¬ ¡“‡≈‡´’¬ ‘ß§‚ª√å ŒàÕß°ß π‘«´’·≈π¥å ‡ªìπµâπ
A2 (‡¬Õ√¡—π)
ª√–‡∑»‰∑¬ ¡“‡≈‡´’¬ ÕÕ ‡µ√‡≈’¬ ‡ªìπµâπ
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë À“° —≠≠“≥¿“æÕàÕπ¡“° —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß®–‡ª≈’Ë¬π‡ªìπ‡ ’¬ß‚¡‚π‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
ë À“°‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ¡’ —≠≠“≥√∫°«π¢≥–∑’Ë√—∫ —≠≠“≥¿“æ„π√–∫∫ NICAM „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° ç‚¡‚πé
—≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß®–‡ª≈’Ë¬π‡ªìπ‡ ’¬ß‚¡‚π ·≈– —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß√∫°«π®–≈¥≈ß
ë °àÕπ√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ∑’ËÕÕ°Õ“°“»¥â«¬√–∫∫ NICAM „πª√–‡∑»®’π ‚ª√¥µ√«® Õ∫
∂“π–°“√ÕÕ°Õ“°“»·∫∫ NICAM „π∫√‘‡«≥π—Èπ°àÕπ ‡π◊ËÕß®“°§«“¡ “¡“√∂„π°“√√—∫ —≠≠“≥
√–∫∫¥—ß°≈à“«®–‡ª≈’Ë¬π·ª≈ß‰ªµ“¡æ◊Èπ∑’Ë πÕ°®“°π—Èπ§«“¡·√ß¢Õß —≠≠“≥ NICAM ∑’Ë·µ°µà“ß°—π
¬—ß¡’º≈µàÕ§ÿ≥¿“æ„π°“√√—∫ —≠≠“≥Õ’°¥â«¬
°√≥’∑’Ë‡ ’¬ß‡æ’È¬πÀ√◊Õ¡’‡ ’¬ß√∫°«π¢≥–∑’Ë√—∫ —≠≠“≥·∫∫‚¡‚πºà“π∑“ß™àÕß 8 (‡ “Õ“°“»)
°¥ªÉÿ¡ A/B ´È”Ê ®π°«à“ ç‚¡‚πé ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
À“°µâÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘°°“√µ—Èß§à“√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß‚¡‚π °¥ªÉÿ¡ A/B Õ’°§√—Èß®π°«à“ çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ª√“°Ø
∫π®Õ¿“æ
‚¡‚π
Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë °“√µ—Èß§à“ ç‚¡‚πé À√◊Õ çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ®–∂Ÿ°∫—π∑÷°‰«â„π·µà≈–√“¬°“√
ë ∑à“π®–‰¡à “¡“√∂√—∫ —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°Õ“°“»·∫∫ ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ„π¢≥–∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå∂Ÿ°µ—Èß§à“„π√–∫∫
ç‚¡‚πé §«√µ—Èß§à“‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå„ÀâÕ¬Ÿà„π√–∫∫ çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é µ“¡ª°µ‘
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 35
°“√√—∫™¡‚∑√¿“æ
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MORY STIC
MMEEMORY STICKK
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
A/B
A/B
V CENTER
V CENTER
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
PROG
INDEX
∂“π’‚∑√∑—»πå∫“ß ∂“π’ÕÕ°Õ“°“»‚¥¬„Àâ∫√‘°“√
àß¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë‡√’¬°«à“ ç‚∑√¿“æé ´÷Ëß∑”„Àâ∑à“π‰¥â√—∫
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈¢à“« “√¡“°¡“¬ Õ“∑‘‡™àπ √“¬ß“πµ≈“¥À≈—°
∑√—æ¬å·≈–¢à“« ‡ªìπµâπ
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
ªÉ¡ÿ µ—«‡≈¢
( ’·¥ß ’‡¢’¬«
’‡À≈◊Õß ’πÈ”‡ß‘π)
PROG +/›
PROG
OPTION
RESET
TV
°“√√—∫™¡¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑“ß‚∑√¿“æ
1
2
‡≈◊Õ°™àÕß∑’«’∑’Ë¡’°“√ àß —≠≠“≥‚∑√¿“æ∑’Ë∑à“πµâÕß°“√√—∫™¡
°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈
Àπâ“√“¬ß“π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑“ß‚∑√¿“æ (ª°µ‘
‡ªìπÀπâ“ “√∫—≠) ®–ª√“°Ø ∂â“‰¡à¡’
°“√ àß —≠≠“≥‚∑√¿“æ„π¢≥–π—Èπ ®–
¡’À¡“¬‡≈¢ ç100é ª√“°Ø∑’Ë¡ÿ¡∫π
¥â“π´â“¬¢Õß®Õ¿“æ
°“√ªî¥√–∫∫‚∑√¿“æ
°¥ªÉÿ¡ a
36
P166 SECTEXT
166
FR1 MAR
03:59:09
From Singapore
Day
1.6
To PARIS
2
3
Dep/Arr
220/0588
2130/1225
2115/1330
Flight
Alrcraft
SQ28
747
PA115
L15
SQ26
747
To OSAKA
2.5
4.6
1000/1715
0930/2015
SQ6
CX522
747
L10
To ROMA
2.7
4
2130/0745
2300/0915
SQ24
AZ487
747
747
1
2
2210/0610
2100/0835
SQ21A
SQ21A
747
747
To SYDNEY
°“√§«∫§ÿ¡Õ◊ËπÊ
‡æ◊ÕË
°“√ —Ëßß“π
· ¥ßÀπâ“√“¬ß“π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑“ß‚∑√¿“æ∫πÀπâ“®Õ‡§√◊ËÕß
√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
°¥ªÉÿ¡
∑ÿ°§√—Èß∑’Ë°¥ªÉÿ¡ Àπâ“®Õ®–‡ª≈’Ë¬π‰ª¥—ßπ’È: ‚∑√¿“æ t ‚∑√¿“æ
·≈–‚∑√∑—»πå t ‚∑√∑—»πå
µ√«® Õ∫Àπâ“ “√∫—≠°“√„Àâ∫√‘°“√√–∫∫‚∑√¿“æ
°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¢ÕßÀπâ“ “√∫—≠‚∑√¿“æ·≈–À¡“¬‡≈¢Àπâ“ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
‡≈◊Õ°Àπâ“√“¬ß“π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑“ß‚∑√¿“æ
°¥ªÉÿ¡µ—«‡≈¢‡æ◊ËÕ„ àÀ¡“¬‡≈¢Àπâ“¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ “¡µ—«* À“°
„ àÀ¡“¬‡≈¢º‘¥ „Àâ„ àÀ¡“¬‡≈¢∑’Ë∂Ÿ°µâÕß„À¡à À“°µâÕß°“√‰ª¬—ßÀπâ“∂—¥
‰ªÀ√◊ÕÀπâ“°àÕπÀπâ“π’È °¥ªÉÿ¡ PROG +/›
À¬ÿ¥Àπâ“√“¬ß“π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑“ß‚∑√¿“æ (À¬ÿ¥‡≈◊ËÕπÀπâ“®Õ
‡æ◊ËÕ‰¡à„ÀâÀπâ“¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡ª≈’Ë¬π‰ª)
°¥ªÉÿ¡
°¥ªÉÿ¡
· ¥ß¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë´àÕπ‰«â (‡™àπ §”µÕ∫ª√‘»π“§”∂“¡)
°¥ªÿÉ¡
°¥ªÉÿ¡π’ÈÕ’°§√—Èß‡æ◊ËÕ´àÕπ¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æ
¢¬“¬Àπâ“®Õ· ¥ß‚∑√¿“æ
°¥ªÉÿ¡
∑ÿ°§√—Èß∑’Ë°¥ªÉÿ¡ Àπâ“¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æ®–‡ª≈’Ë¬π‰ª¥—ßπ’È: ¢¬“¬®Õ¿“æ
§√÷Ëß∫π t ¢¬“¬®Õ¿“æ§√÷Ëß≈à“ß t ®Õ¿“æ¢π“¥ª°µ‘
√Õ —≠≠“≥‚∑√¿“æ¢≥–∑’Ë√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå
1 „ àÀ¡“¬‡≈¢Àπâ“¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æ∑’ËµâÕß°“√Õà“π ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß —≠≈—°…≥å çzé ∑’Ë¡ÿ¡∫π¥â“π´â“¬¢Õß®Õ¿“æ
À√◊Õ
‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫¡“™¡¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æµ“¡ª°µ‘
2 ‡¡◊ËÕÀ¡“¬‡≈¢Àπâ“ª√“°Ø °¥ªÉÿ¡
‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ßÀπâ“¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈
* ∑à“π¬—ß‡≈◊Õ°Àπâ“¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æ®“°À¡“¬‡≈¢„¥°Áµ“¡∑’Ëª√“°Ø„π§Õ≈—¡πå ’¥â“π≈à“ß¢Õß®Õ¿“æ‚¥¬°¥
ªÉÿ¡ ’∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈∑’Ëµ√ß°—π
°“√„™â√–∫∫ FASTEXT
√–∫∫π’È®–™à«¬„Àâ‡¢â“ ŸàÀπâ“¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æ∑’Ë„™â√–∫∫ FASTEXT ‰¥âÕ¬à“ß√«¥‡√Á« ‡¡◊ËÕ¡’°“√ àß
—≠≠“≥¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë„™â√–∫∫ FASTEXT ®–ª√“°Ø√“¬°“√ ’∑’Ë¥â“π≈à“ß¢Õß®Õ¿“æ ’¢Õß·µà≈–√“¬
’‡¢’¬«
’‡À≈◊Õß
’πÈ”‡ß‘π
°“√®– —¡æ—π∏å°—∫ªÉÿ¡ ’∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈ ( ’·¥ß
)
°“√‡¢â“ Ÿà√“¬°“√ FASTEXT
°¥ªÉÿ¡ ’∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈∑’Ëµ√ß°—∫√“¬°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√ Àπâ“√“¬°“√®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æÀ≈—ß®“°
‡«≈“ºà“π‰ª§√ŸÀà π÷ßË
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 37
°“√„™âß“πÕÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡
VIDEO
VIDEO @/1
∑à“π “¡“√∂„™â√‚’ ¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈∑’„Ë Àâ¡“ —ßË ß“πÕÿª°√≥å«¥‘ ‚’ Õ
¢Õß Sony ·∫∫µà“ßÊ ‡™àπ Beta, 8 mm, VHS À√◊Õ
¥’«¥’ ’
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
ªÉÿ¡À¡“¬‡≈¢
1-7
ªÉÿ¡À¡“¬‡≈¢ 0
PROG
OPTION
RESET
OPTION
TV
°“√µ—Èß√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈„ÀÈ∑”ß“π√Ë«¡°—∫Õÿª°√≥ÏÕ◊Ëπ
¢≥–∑’Ë°¥ªÿÉ¡ VIDEO @/1 §â“ß‰«â
°¥ªÿÉ¡À¡“¬‡≈¢ 0 µ“¡¥â«¬ªÉÿ¡
À¡“¬‡≈¢¢ÕßÕÿª°√≥å∑’ËµâÕß°“√
(¥Ÿ®“°µ“√“ß¢â“ß≈à“ß)
38
Õÿª°√≥å
¢≥–∑’Ë°¥ªÉÿ¡§â“ß‰«â
DVD
VTR1 (Beta)
VTR2 (8 mm)
VTR3 (VHS)
MDP
CD
MD
VIDEO @/1
VIDEO @/1
VIDEO @/1
VIDEO @/1
VIDEO @/1
VIDEO @/1
VIDEO @/1
µ—«Õ¬à“ß‡™àπ ∂â“µâÕß°“√„™âß“π‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ
«‘¥’‚Õ Sony ·∫∫ 8 ¡¡.:
VIDEO
°¥ªÉÿ¡À¡“¬‡≈¢·√°
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
+ 0
°¥ªÉÿ¡À¡“¬‡≈¢∂—¥‰ª
0
1
2
3
4
6
7
2
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ªÿÉ¡§«∫§ÿ¡∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈‰¡à “¡“√∂„™âß“π‰¥â À“°Õÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡‰¡à¡’ø—ß°å™—Ëπ¥—ß°≈à“«
°“√ —Ëßß“πÕÿª°√≥Ï«‘¥’‚Õ
°¥ªÿÉ¡ VIDEO @/1 À√◊Õ„π¢≥–∑’Ë°¥ªÿÉ¡ OPTION §â“ß‰«â „Àâ°¥ªÿÉ¡
‰ª∑“ß´â“¬ (.) À√◊Õ‰ª∑“ß¢«“ (>) (¥Ÿµ“√“ß¥â“π≈à“ß)
VIDEO
OPTION
À√◊Õ
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
+
(N) À√◊Õ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡
OPTION
À√◊Õ
IN
¢÷Èπ (X) ≈ß (x)
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
+
G–
IN
G–
°“√ —Ëßß“π‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ¥â«¬√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
‡æ◊ÕË
‡ªî¥/ªî¥
VIDEO ?/1
‡≈àπ
N
À¬ÿ¥
x
°√Õ‡∑ª‰ª¢â“ßÀπâ“ (M)
>
¢≥–∑’Ë°¥ªÉÿ¡ OPTION §â“ß‰«â
°√Õ‡∑ª°≈—∫ (m)
.
À¬ÿ¥™—Ë«¢≥–
X ¢≥–∑’Ë°¥ªÉÿ¡ OPTION §â“ß‰«â
°¥ªÉÿ¡π’ÈÕ’°§√—Èß‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫ Ÿà°“√‡≈àπ¿“æµ“¡ª°µ‘
§âπÀ“¿“æ‰ª¢â“ßÀπâ“ (M) À√◊Õ
¬âÕπ°≈—∫ (m)
> À√◊Õ .
¢≥–∑’Ë‡≈àπ¿“æ ‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡ OPTION §â“ß‰«â
À¬ÿ¥°¥ªÉÿ¡‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫ Ÿà°“√‡≈àπ¿“æµ“¡ª°µ‘
°“√ —Ëßß“π‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’¥â«¬√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
‡æ◊ÕË
‡ªî¥/ªî¥
VIDEO ?/1
‡≈àπ
N
À¬ÿ¥
x
À¬ÿ¥™—Ë«¢≥–
°¥ªÉÿ¡π’ÈÕ’°§√—Èß‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫ Ÿà°“√‡≈àπµ“¡ª°µ‘
‡ª≈’Ë¬π·∑√Á§¢Õß·ºàπ‡æ≈ß
>
‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ªÀπâ“À√◊Õ . ‡æ◊ËÕ¬âÕπ°≈—∫¢≥–∑’Ë°¥ªÉÿ¡
OPTION §â“ß‰«â
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 39
°“√„™âß“πÕÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡ (µàÕ)
°“√ —Ëßß“π‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ MDP ¥â«¬√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
‡æ◊ÕË
‡ªî¥/ªî¥
VIDEO ?/1
‡≈àπ
N
À¬ÿ¥
x
À¬ÿ¥™—Ë«¢≥–
§âπÀ“¿“æ‰ª¢â“ßÀπâ“À√◊Õ¬âÕπ°≈—∫
> À√◊Õ . ¢≥–∑’Ë‡≈àπ¿“æ ‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡ OPTION §â“ß‰«â
À¬ÿ¥°¥ªÉÿ¡‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫ Ÿà°“√‡≈àπ¿“æµ“¡ª°µ‘
°“√ —Ëßß“π‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ´’¥’À√◊Õ MD ¥â«¬√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
40
‡æ◊ÕË
‡ªî¥/ªî¥
VIDEO ?/1
‡≈àπ
N
À¬ÿ¥
x
À¬ÿ¥™—Ë«¢≥–
‡ª≈’Ë¬π·∑√Á§¢Õß·ºàπ‡æ≈ß
>
‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ªÀπâ“À√◊Õ . ‡æ◊ËÕ¬âÕπ°≈—∫¢≥–∑’Ë°¥ªÉÿ¡
OPTION §â“ß‰«â
°“√„™â≈”‚æß°≈“ß®“°‡§√◊ËÕß
√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
CENTER
SP
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
V CENTER
MENU
IN
TW
PROG
INDEX
∑à“π “¡“√∂„™â≈”‚æß®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ≈”‚æß
°≈“ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß‡ ’¬ß·≈–„™â√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß
√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå„π°“√§«∫§ÿ¡√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß¢Õß≈”‚æß
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë „π°“√µàÕ≈”‚æß „Àâ¥Ÿ¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°“√µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß
¢¬“¬‡ ’¬ßé ∑’ËÀπâ“ 16
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π√–∫∫≈”‚æß°≈“ß„π¢≥–∑’Ë√—∫™¡¿“æ
·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ (TWIN)
HD/DVD
1
2
4
5
3
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
PROG
2 +/›
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π‡ªìπ√–∫∫≈”‚æß°≈“ß
1
°¥ªÉÿ¡ CENTER SP
2
°¥ªÉÿ¡ 2 +/› ‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫√–¥—∫
‡ ’¬ß¢Õß≈”‚æß°≈“ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå
CENTER SP
√–∫∫≈”‚æß‡ ’¬ß°≈“ß
50
°“√°≈—∫ Ÿà√–∫∫≈”‚æßª°µ‘
°¥ªÉÿ¡ CENTER SP Õ’°§√—Èß
§”·π–π”
ë √–∫∫≈”‚æß°≈“ß®–∂Ÿ°¬°‡≈‘°‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘‡¡◊ËÕ∑à“π‡≈◊Õ°√—∫™¡¿“æ®“° —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“À√◊Õ
çMemory Stické À√◊Õ‡¡◊ËÕªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå·≈â«‡ªî¥„À¡àÕ’°§√—Èß Õ¬à“ß‰√°Áµ“¡√–∫∫≈”‚æß°≈“ß
®–‰¡à∂Ÿ°¬°‡≈‘°‡¡◊ËÕ„™âß“π√–∫∫ PROGRAM INDEX
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë À“°‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ ’¬ß°≈“ßé ‡æ◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ ç√–∫∫≈”‚æßé ®“°√“¬°“√ ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé ·µà¬—ß‰¡à‰¥âµàÕ
Õÿª°√≥å„¥Ê ∑’Ë™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“≈”‚æß°≈“ß∑’Ë·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ∑à“π®–‰¡à‰¥â¬‘π‡ ’¬ß
„¥Ê ®“°≈”‚æß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
ë ®–‰¡à¡’‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°®“°≈”‚æß°≈“ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÀ“° —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß∑’Ë àß¡“®“°‡§√◊ËÕß¢¬“¬‡ ’¬ß
‰¡à¡’™àÕß≈”‚æß°≈“ß
ë ‡¡◊ËÕ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÕ¬Ÿà„π√–∫∫≈”‚æß°≈“ß ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂„™â¿“æ·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ (TWIN)
À√◊Õ‡ª≈’Ë¬π√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß‡´Õ√å√“«¥å √–∫∫ çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é À√◊Õ√–∫∫ çBBEé
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 41
°“√„™â‡§√◊ËÕ‡§√◊
ßÕà“πËÕçMemory
Stické (µàÕ)
°“√„™â
ßÕà“π çMemory
Stické
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡°’Ë¬«°—∫ çMemory Stické
çMemory Stické (·¬°®”Àπà“¬) ‡ªìπ ◊ËÕ∫—π∑÷°¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈≈ß∫π«ß®√√«¡Õ‘‡≈Á°∑√Õπ‘° å (IC)
·∫∫„À¡à∑’Ë¡’¢π“¥‡≈Á°°–∑—¥√—¥ æ°æ“‰¥â –¥«°·≈–¡’§ÿ≥ ¡∫—µ‘À≈“°À≈“¬ ´÷Ëß¡’§«“¡®ÿ¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈ Ÿß
°«à“·ºàπ ø≈ÁÕªªïô¥‘ °å ·ºàπ çMemory Stické ∂Ÿ°ÕÕ°·∫∫¡“‡æ◊ËÕ·≈°‡ª≈’Ë¬π·≈–°√–®“¬
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈¥‘®‘µÕ≈ √à«¡°—∫º≈‘µ¿—≥±å∑’Ë√Õß√—∫ çMemory Stické ‡™àπ °≈âÕß∂à“¬√Ÿª¥‘®‘µÕ≈·≈–
°≈âÕß∂à“¬«‘¥’‚Õ√–∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈ πÕ°®“°π’È·ºàπ çMemory Stické ¬—ß„™â„π°“√‡°Á∫¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‰«â¿“¬
πÕ°‰¥â‡æ√“– “¡“√∂∂Õ¥·ºàπÕÕ°‰¥â
‡§√◊ËÕßÕà“π çMemory Stické ∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå∑”„Àâ∑à“π‰¥â√—∫™¡¿“æπ‘Ëß (‰ø≈å JPEG*)
·≈–¿“æ¬πµ√å (‰ø≈å MPEG1**) ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«â„π ◊ËÕ çMemory Stické
”À√—∫√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‡√◊ËÕß°“√„™â çMemory Stické ¥Ÿ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ çÀ¡“¬‡Àµÿ ”À√—∫°“√„™â
çMemory Stické, çMemory Stick PROéé ∑’ËÀπâ“ 44 ·≈– çÀ¡“¬‡Àµÿ ”À√—∫ çMemory
Stick Duoéé ∑’ËÀπâ“ 45
çMemory Stické, çMemory Stick PROé, çMemory Stick Duoé ·≈– ç
é ‡ªìπ
‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬®¥∑–‡∫’¬π°“√§â“¢Õß Sony Corporation
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë §«“¡‡√Á«„π°“√‡√’¬°¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈Õ“®·µ°µà“ß°—π¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿà°—∫ çMemory Stické
ë ‡¡◊ËÕ√—∫™¡¿“æπ‘Ëß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°ºà“π·ºàπ çMemory Stické ®–‰¡à¡’ —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß àßÕÕ°¡“®“°≈”‚æß¢Õß
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå æ¬“¬“¡Õ¬à“ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß
ë ·ºàπ çMemory Stické ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈¥â«¬‡§√◊ËÕß§Õ¡æ‘«‡µÕ√åÕ“®„™â‰¡à‰¥â°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
‡§√◊ËÕßπ’È
√Ÿª·∫∫‰ø≈å∑’Ë„™â°—∫‡§√◊ËÕßÕà“π‰¥â
‡§√◊ËÕßÕà“π çMemory Stické “¡“√∂· ¥ß¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«â„π çMemory
Stické ‚¥¬„™â√Ÿª·∫∫°“√∫’∫Õ—¥¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈µàÕ‰ªπ’È:
› ‰ø≈å JPEG* (‡¢â“‰¥â°—∫ DCF*) ∑’Ë≈ß∑â“¬¥â«¬ .jpg
› ‰ø≈å MPEG1**, MPEG MOVIE, MPEG MOVIE AD, MPEG MOVIE EX, MPEG
MOVIE HQ, MPEG MOVIE HQX, MPEG MOVIE CV ·≈– VAIO Giga Pocket
MPEG1
› ¿“æ∑’Ë¡’‡ âπ¢π“π·≈–/À√◊Õ‡ âπµ—Èß¡“°°«à“ 16 ®ÿ¥µàÕ‡ âπ
› ¿“æ∑’Ë¡’‡ âπ¢π“π·≈–/À√◊Õ‡ âπµ—ÈßπâÕ¬°«à“ 4096 ®ÿ¥µàÕ‡ âπ
42
µ—«Õ¬à“ß: ¿“æπ‘Ëß∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¥â«¬°≈âÕß∂à“¬¿“æ¥‘®‘µÕ≈ Sony
™◊ËÕ·øÑ¡: /DCIM/101MSDCF
™◊ËÕ‰ø≈å: DSC00001.JPG
™◊ËÕ·øÑ¡¿“æ
100MSDCF
DSC00001
DSC00002
DSC00003
™◊ËÕ‰ø≈å¿“æ
µ—«Õ¬à“ß: ‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¥â«¬°≈âÕß∂à“¬¿“æ¥‘®‘µÕ≈¢Õß Sony
™◊ËÕ·øÑ¡: /MSSONY/MOML0001
™◊ËÕ‰ø≈å: MOV00001.MPG
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡§√◊ËÕßÕà“π çMemory Stické ‰¡à “¡“√∂Õà“π¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°·∫∫ TIFF
À√◊Õ√Ÿª·∫∫°“√∫’∫Õ—¥¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈Õ◊Ëπ∑’Ë‰¡à„™à JPEG À√◊Õ MPEG1
* JPEG ¬àÕ¡“®“° çJoint Photographic Experts Groupé ´÷Ëß‡ªìπÕß§å°√∑’Ë π—∫ πÿπ √â“ß√Ÿª·∫∫π’È
¢÷Èπ à«π DCF ¬àÕ¡“®“° çDesign Rules for Camera File Systemsé ´÷Ëß‡ªìπ¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–∑’Ëµ—Èß
¢÷Èπ¡“®“° Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association (JEITA)
** MPEG1 ¬àÕ¡“®“° çMotion Picture Experts Groupé ´÷Ëß‡ªìπÕß§å°√∑’Ë √â“ß√Ÿª·∫∫π’È¢÷Èπ·≈–
MPEG1 ‡ªìπ√Ÿª·∫∫°“√∫’∫Õ—¥¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈ ”À√—∫‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å‡∑à“π—Èπ
°“√ªÑÕß°—π°“√≈∫¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å‚¥¬∫—ß‡Õ‘≠
‡≈◊ËÕπ «‘µ™åªÑÕß°—π°“√≈∫ çMemory Stické ‰ª∑’Ë çLOCKé
‡¡◊ËÕ «‘µ™å∂Ÿ°≈ÁÕ° ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂À¡ÿπ¿“æ‰¥â (¥ŸÀπâ“ 55)
æ◊Èπ∑’Ë ”À√—∫µ‘¥©≈“°
«‘µ™åªÑÕß°—π°“√≈∫
¥â“πÀπâ“
¥â“πÀ≈—ß
§”·π–π”
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµâÕß°“√µ—Èß «‘µ™åªÑÕß°—π°“√≈∫‰ª∑’Ë çMemory Stick Duoé „Àâ„™â«—µ∂ÿª≈“¬·À≈¡ ‡™àπ ª“°°“
≈Ÿ°≈◊Ëπ ‡ªìπµâπ
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 43
°“√„™â‡§√◊ËÕßÕà“π çMemory Stické (µàÕ)
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ ”À√—∫°“√„™â ◊ËÕ∫—π∑÷° çMemory Stické, çMemory Stick PROé
‡¡◊ËÕµâÕß„™â ◊ËÕ∫—π∑÷° çMemory Stické, çMemory Stick PROé ‚ª√¥ªØ‘∫—µ‘µ“¡¢âÕ§«√
√–«—ßµàÕ‰ªπ’È:
ë ‡æ◊ËÕªÑÕß°—π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈¿“æπ‘Ëß‰¡à„Àâ‡ ’¬À“¬Õ¬à“ß∂“«√ Õ¬à“ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÀ√◊Õ∂Õ¥
çMemory Stické ÕÕ°®“°™àÕß‡ ’¬∫„π¢≥–∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß°”≈—ßÕà“π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈ (‰ø —≠≠“≥
çMemory Stické ®–µ‘¥‡ªìπ°“√‡µ◊Õπ)
ë Àâ“¡ —¡º— ¢—È«µàÕ¢Õß·ºàπ çMemory Stické À√◊ÕÕ¬à“„Àâ·ºàπ‚¥π«—µ∂ÿ∑’Ë‡ªìπ‚≈À–
ë Àâ“¡∑”À≈àπ ßÕ À√◊Õ°√–·∑°·ºàπ çMemory Stické
ë Àâ“¡∂Õ¥·¬°À√◊Õ¥—¥·ª≈ß·ºàπ çMemory Stické
ë Õ¬à“„Àâ·ºàπ çMemory Stické ‡ªï¬°πÈ”
ë „™â©≈“°¿“¬„πæ◊Èπ∑’Ë ”À√—∫µ‘¥©≈“°‡∑à“π—Èπ
æ◊Èπ∑’Ë ”À√—∫µ‘¥©≈“°
ë ‡æ◊ËÕªÑÕß°—π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈¿“æπ‘Ëß‰¡à„Àâ‡ ’¬À“¬Õ¬à“ß∂“«√ ‰¡à§«√„™âÀ√◊Õ‡°Á∫·ºàπ çMemory Stické
„π ∂“π∑’ËµàÕ‰ªπ’È:
fi ¡’Õÿ≥À¿Ÿ¡‘ Ÿß (‡™àπ ∫√‘‡«≥∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„°≈â‡§√◊ËÕß∑”§«“¡√âÕπÀ√◊Õ¿“¬„π√∂¬πµå∑’Ë√âÕπ)
fi ¡’§«“¡™◊Èπ Ÿß
fi ∑’Ë¡’· ß·¥¥ àÕß∂÷ß
fi ¡’ “√°—¥°√àÕπ
fi ¡’ π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°
fi ¡’ΩÉÿπ¡“°‡°‘π‰ª
fi ¡’‰øøÑ“ ∂‘µÀ√◊Õ —≠≠“≥‰øøÑ“√∫°«π
fi ¡’§≈◊Ëπ‰øøÑ“ Ÿß
ë ‡°Á∫À√◊Õπ”·ºàπ çMemory Stické „ à‰«â„π°≈àÕß∑’Ë„Àâ¡“‡æ◊ËÕªÑÕß°—π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«â„π·ºàπ
ë ”√Õß¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«â„π·ºàπ
44
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ ”À√—∫ çMemory Stick Duoé
çMemory Stick Duoé ‡ªìπ ◊ËÕ∫—π∑÷°¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈√àÿπ„À¡à∑’Ë¢π“¥‡≈Á°°–∑—¥√—¥¢Õß çMemory
Stické ¢π“¥ª°µ‘ ∑à“π “¡“√∂„™â çMemory Stick Duoé °—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‚¥¬‡ ’¬∫
·ºàπ çMemory Stick Duoé ∑’Ëµ—«ª√—∫µàÕ°àÕπ∑’Ë®–‡ ’¬∫≈ß„π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
ë µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥âµàÕ çMemory Stick Duoé °—∫µ—«ª√—∫µàÕ„πµ”·Àπàß∑’Ë∂Ÿ°µâÕß
ë µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥â‡ ’¬∫µ—«ª√—∫µàÕ çMemory Stick Duoé ≈ß„π™àÕß çMemory Stické „π
µ”·Àπàß∑’Ë∂Ÿ°µâÕß ¡‘©–π—ÈπÕ“®∑”„Àâ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡°‘¥§«“¡‡ ’¬À“¬‰¥â
ë ‰¡à§«√‡ ’¬∫µ—«ª√—∫µàÕ çMemory Stick Duoé ∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‚¥¬∑’Ë¬—ß‰¡à‰¥âµàÕ°—∫
çMemory Stick Duoé ¡‘©–π—ÈπÕ“®∑”„Àâ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå∑”ß“πº‘¥ª°µ‘‰¥â
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 45
°“√„ Ë·≈–∂Õ¥ çMemory Stické
°“√„ à çMemory Stické
À“µ”·Àπàß™àÕß‡ ’¬∫·ºàπ çMemory Stické
(¥ŸÀπâ“ 103) ·≈–‡ ’¬∫·ºàπ çMemory Stické
≈ß„π™àÕß‡ ’¬∫ çMemory Stické µ“¡¿“æ· ¥ß
„ à·ºàπ çMemory Stické ‚¥¬„Àâ¥â“π∑’Ë¡’
‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ v Õ¬Ÿà¥â“π∫π
À“°„ à∂Ÿ°µâÕß ·ºàπ®–‡≈◊ËÕπ‡¢â“‰ª‚¥¬¡’·√ßµâ“π
‡≈Á°πâÕ¬·≈–‰¥â¬‘π‡ ’¬ß§≈‘Í°‡¡◊ËÕÕ¬Ÿà„πµ”·Àπàß
‰ø —≠≠“≥ çMemory Stické ®–°–æ√‘∫·≈–¥—∫≈ß
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥â‡ ’¬∫·ºàπ çMemory Stické „π∑‘»∑“ß∑’Ë∂Ÿ°µâÕß ∂â“‡ ’¬∫·ºàπº‘¥¥â“π ·ºàπÕ“®‡ ’¬‰¥â
ë ‡ ’¬∫·ºàπ çMemory Stické „π™àÕß‡ ’¬∫ çMemory Stické ‡∑à“π—Èπ À“°„ à«—µ∂ÿÕ◊Ëπ≈ß‰ª„π™àÕß
Õ“®∑”„Àâ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ ’¬À“¬‰¥â
°“√∂Õ¥ çMemory Stické
1
µ√«®„Àâ·πà„®«à“‰ø —≠≠“≥ çMemory Stické ¥—∫ (‡¡◊ËÕ‰ø —≠≠“≥µ‘¥ · ¥ß«à“‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå°”≈—ß
Õà“π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈®“° çMemory Stické)
2
§àÕ¬Ê ¥—π çMemory Stické ‡¢â“‰ª„π™àÕß
‡ ’¬∫ ·≈â«ª≈àÕ¬
·ºàπ çMemory Stické ®–∂Ÿ°º≈—°ÕÕ°¡“
3
¥÷ß çMemory Stické ÕÕ°®“°™àÕß‡ ’¬∫
§”·π–π”
ë ‡¡◊ËÕ∂Õ¥·ºàπ çMemory Stické ÕÕ° æ¬“¬“¡Õ¬à“¥÷ß·ºàπÕÕ°®“°™àÕß‡ ’¬∫
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡æ◊ËÕªÑÕß°—π‡¥Á°‡≈Á°‰¡à„Àâ‰¥â√—∫Õ—πµ√“¬®“° çMemory Stické µâÕß∂Õ¥ çMemory Stické ÕÕ°®“°
™àÕß‡ ’¬∫∑ÿ°§√—Èß ·≈–‡°Á∫‰«â„π∑’Ëª≈Õ¥¿—¬‡¡◊ËÕ‰¡à‰¥â„™âß“π
46
°“√· ¥ß¥—™π’¿“æ¢Õß‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘Ëß·≈–‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å
∑à“π “¡“√∂√—∫™¡¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å‰¥â∂÷ß 20 ¿“æ
®“°¥—™π’¿“æ„π çMemory Stické
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
‡ ’¬∫·ºàπ çMemory Stické ≈ß„π™àÕß‡ ’¬∫ çMemory Stické ∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
¥Ÿ√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‡√◊ËÕß°“√„ à·ºàπ çMemory Stické ∑’ËÀπâ“ 46
2
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MEMORY STICK
MEMORY STICK
çMemory Stick Homeé ®–ª√“°Ø
∫π®Õ¿“æ ´÷Ëß®–· ¥ß¥—™π’¿“æ¢Õß
‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘ßË À√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑∫Ë’ π— ∑÷°‰«â„π
·ºàπ çMemory Stické
·∂∫‡≈◊ËÕπ
¥—™π’¿“æ∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°
Memory Stick Home
√“¬°“√ çMemory Stické
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
ª√—∫/µ—Èß§à“
Filter : Still
‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡
‰ø· ¥ß°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈
(‚À¡¥°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈)
°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈
¥—™π’¿“æ¢Õß¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ
¿“æ¬πµ√å 20 ¿“æ·√°
No :
¢π“¥ :
‰ø≈å :
«—π∑’Ë :
√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‡°’Ë¬«°—∫¿“æÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 47
‡¡◊ËÕ¡’¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å¡“°°«à“ 20 ¿“æ
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ‰ª∑“ß¢«“‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°·∂∫‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ª∑’Ë¥â“π≈à“ß ÿ¥∑“ß¢«“¢Õß çMemory Stick
Homeé ·≈â«‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß¥—™π’¿“æÕ’° 20 ¿“æ∂—¥‰ª
‡°’Ë¬«°—∫°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈ (‚À¡¥°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈)
ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ®–· ¥ß‰ø≈å¿“æ JPEG ·≈– MPEG1 ∑—ÈßÀ¡¥∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¥â«¬°≈âÕß∂à“¬¿“æ
¥‘®‘µÕ≈∑’Ë‡¢â“‰¥â°—∫ DCF ‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’Ë√“¬°“√ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ‰ø≈å∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°À√◊Õ‰ø≈å∑’Ë¡’
π“¡ °ÿ≈ .jpg ·≈– .mpg ‡∑à“π—Èπ∑’Ë®–· ¥ß∫π®Õ¿“æ ‡§√◊ËÕßÕà“π çMemory Stické ¢Õß
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå®–µ—Èß§à“ ç‡ªî¥é ∑’Ë√“¬°“√ çMemory Stick Homeé ¡“®“°‚√ßß“π À“°
µâÕß°“√µ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’Ë√“¬°“√ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ¥Ÿ√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑’ËÀπâ“ 66
¿“æ∑’√Ë ∫— ™¡‰¥â
ç‡ªî¥é
¿“æπ‘Ëß∑’Ë‡ªìπ‰ø≈å JPEG ·∫∫ DCF ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°ºà“π°≈âÕß∂à“¬¿“æ¥‘®‘µÕ≈¢Õß
Sony À√◊Õ°≈âÕß∫—π∑÷°¿“æ«‘¥’‚Õ√–∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈¢Õß Sony
¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë‡ªìπ‰ø≈å MPEG1 ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°ºà“π°≈âÕß∂à“¬¿“æ¥‘®‘µÕ≈¢Õß Sony
À√◊Õ°≈âÕß∫—π∑÷°¿“æ«‘¥’‚Õ√–∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈¢Õß Sony
çªî¥é
¿“æπ‘Ëß·∫∫ JPEG ·≈–¿“æ¬πµ√å·∫∫ MPEG1 „π·øÑ¡∑’Ë∂Ÿ°µ—Èß™◊ËÕ„À¡à®“°
‡§√◊ÕË ß§Õ¡æ‘«‡µÕ√å
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ ç‡ªî¥é ∑’Ë ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂µ—Èß§à“ ç‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫é ·≈– ç‰ø≈åé ®“°√“¬°“√
çª√—∫/µ—Èß§à“é (Àπâ“ 68 ·≈– 69)
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ ç‡ªî¥é ∑’Ë√“¬°“√ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ®Õ¿“æ®–· ¥ß¿“æπ‘Ëß·≈–/À√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å‰¥â Ÿß ÿ¥
2,000 ¿“æ À“°µâÕß°“√· ¥ß¿“æ¡“°°«à“π—Èπ „Àâµ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’Ë√“¬°“√ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é
°“√√—∫™¡¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë®—¥·≈–∫—π∑÷°®“°‡§√◊ËÕß§Õ¡æ‘«‡µÕ√å
∑à“πµâÕß‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡ „π°“√‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡ µâÕßµ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ®“°√“¬°“√ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é
‡°’Ë¬«°—∫ —≠≈—°…≥å∑’Ë· ¥ß∫π¿“æ¢π“¥¬àÕ
48
(¿“æ¬πµ√å)
‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å (MPEG1) ‡ªìπ¿“æ¢π“¥¬àÕ
(ªÑÕß°—π)
ªÑÕß°—π¿“æ¢π“¥¬àÕ ‰ø≈å∑µË’ ¥‘ µ—ßÈ √–∫∫ªÑÕß°—π®–‰¡à “¡“√∂‡ª≈’¬Ë π·ª≈ßÀ√◊Õ≈∫
∑‘ßÈ ‰¥â ¥Ÿ√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‡æ‘¡Ë ‡µ‘¡∑’ÀË «— ¢âÕ ç°“√ªÑÕß°—π‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘ßË À√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√åé ∑’Ë
Àπâ“ 61
(‰ø≈å —¡æ—∑∏å)
¡’‰ø≈åÕπË◊ ∑’µË ßÈ— ™◊ÕË ‡À¡◊Õπ°—∫µ—«‡≈¢ 4 µ—«À≈—ß∑’ªË √“°ØÕ¬Ÿ„à π çMemory Stické
·µà‰¡à· ¥ß (®–ª√“°Ø°ÁµÕà ‡¡◊ÕË µ—ßÈ §à“ ç‡ªî¥é ∑’√Ë “¬°“√ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®µ‘ Õ≈é)
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë —≠≈—°…≥å‰ø≈å —¡æ—∑∏å®–‡æ‘Ë¡¡“°—∫‰ø≈å·√°¢Õß‰ø≈å∑’Ë¡’√Ÿª·∫∫°“√∫—π∑÷°‰ø≈å‡À¡◊Õπ°—π (JPEG
MPEG1 ·≈–·∫∫Õ◊Ëπ) ·≈–¡’™◊ËÕ‰ø≈å∑’Ë‡ªìπµ—«‡≈¢ 4 µ—«À≈—ß‡À¡◊Õπ°—π
ë ∂â“≈∫‰ø≈å∑’Ë¡’ —≠≈—°…≥å‰ø≈å —¡æ—∑∏å ‰ø≈åÕ◊ËπÊ ∑’Ë’‡°’Ë¬«¢âÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥®–∂Ÿ°≈∫∑‘Èß„π‡«≈“‡¥’¬«°—π
‡°’Ë¬«°—∫‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬· ¥ß¢âÕ§«√√–«—ß
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈√Ÿª¿“æ·∫∫ JPEG À√◊Õ MPEG1 ∑’Ë‰¡àµ√ß°—π
¡’¿“æ¢π“¥¬àÕ·µà‰¡à„™à·∫∫ DCF
¡’¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈¿“æ·µà¿“æ¢π“¥¬àÕ‡ ’¬
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈¿“æ‡ ’¬
°¥ªÉÿ¡À¡“¬‡≈¢À√◊Õ PROG +/›
§”·π–π”
ë ‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÉÿ¡ PROG +/› ™àÕß√“¬°“√∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°‰«â§√—ÈßÀ≈—ß ÿ¥®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 49
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
PROG
INDEX
MENU
°“√√—∫™¡¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å·∫∫µàÕ‡π◊ËÕß
fi ¿“æ ‰≈¥å
∑à“π “¡“√∂√—∫™¡¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°ºà“π
çMemory Stické „π™à«ß‡«≈“∑’Ë°”Àπ¥
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MEMORY STICK ‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß√“¬°“√ çMemory Stick Homeé
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
4
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡√‘Ë¡é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å®–· ¥ßµ“¡°“√µ—Èß§à“
¿“æ¬πµ√å®–‡≈àπ‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ ‡¡◊ËÕ∂÷ßµÕπ®∫¢Õß¿“æ¬πµ√å ¿“æ∂—¥‰ª®–ª√“°Ø
§”·π–π”
ë ∑à“π®–‡√‘Ë¡‡≈àπ¿“æ ‰≈¥å‰¥â‡¡◊ËÕ∑à“π‡≈◊Õ°¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å·≈â«‡∑à“π—Èπ
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å®–‰¡à‡ª≈’Ë¬π‡Õß‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘∂â“µ—Èß§à“À—«¢âÕ ç‡≈◊Õ° ‰≈¥åé ®“°√“¬°“√ ç¿“æ
‰≈¥åé ‡ªìπ çª√—∫‡Õßé
50
°“√ÕÕ°®“°√“¬°“√ ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé
°¥ªÉÿ¡
∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å„π√“¬°“√ ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ·∫∫ª√—∫‡Õß
1 °¥ªÉÿ¡ MEMORY STICK ‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß çMemory Stick Homeé
2 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉ¡ÿ
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
3 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ° ‰≈¥åé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
4 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫‡Õßé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
5 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡√‘Ë¡é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
∂â“‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ‰ª∑“ß¢«“ ¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å¿“æ∂—¥‰ª®–ª√“°Ø ·µà∂â“‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡
‰ª∑“ß´â“¬ ¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å¿“æ·√°®–ª√“°Ø
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π™à«ß‡«≈“„π°“√‡≈◊Õ°¿“æ ‰≈¥å
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°™à«ß‡«≈“∑’Ë®–‡ª≈’Ë¬π¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å®“°™à«ß‡«≈“‡À≈à“π’È: ç5 «‘π“∑’é
ç10 «‘π“∑’é ç30 «‘π“∑’é ç1 π“∑’é ç5 π“∑’é ·≈– ç10 π“∑’é §à“∑’Ë°”Àπ¥®“°‚√ßß“π§◊Õ
ç5 «‘π“∑’é
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π™à«ß‡«≈“‰¥â‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“À—«¢âÕ ç‡≈◊Õ° ‰≈¥åé ∑’Ë√“¬°“√ ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ‡ªìπ
çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é
2 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ®–ª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
3 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç™à«ß‡«≈“é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
4 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°™à«ß‡«≈“∑’ËµâÕß°“√µ—Èß§à“ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
5 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡√‘Ë¡é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡√‘Ë¡· ¥ß ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé
°“√‡√‘Ë¡ ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ®“°¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë°”Àπ¥
2 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉ¡ÿ
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë∑à“πµâÕß°“√„Àâ‡√‘Ë¡· ¥ß¿“æ„π
ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ çMemory Stick Homeé (√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠) ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
3 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç¿“æ ‰≈¥åé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 51
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ç¿“æ¬πµ√åé (Àπâ“ 57) ®–‰¡à· ¥ß‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç‡≈◊Õ° ‰≈¥åé
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂√–∫ÿ™à«ß‡«≈“‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ çª√—∫‡Õßé ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç‡≈◊Õ° ‰≈¥åé
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç‡≈◊Õ° ‰≈¥åé ‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å®–‡≈àπ®π®∫‚¥¬‰¡à§”π÷ß∂÷ß™à«ß‡«≈“∑’Ë
°”Àπ¥ ‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈àπ®π®∫ ‰ø≈å¿“æ∂—¥‰ª®–· ¥ß
ë °“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç™à«ß‡«≈“é ®–‰¡à· ¥ß‡«≈“∑’Ë·πàπÕπ ‡æ√“–‡«≈“∑’Ë„™â„π°“√· ¥ß¿“æµâÕß¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿà°—∫¢π“¥
¢Õß‰ø≈å
52
°“√√—∫™¡¿“æπ‘Ëß·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
MEMORY
STICK
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU ‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß çMemory Stick Homeé
3
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷Èπ/≈ß/¢«“/´â“¬
‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¿“æπ‘Ëß∑’ËµâÕß°“√√—∫™¡
·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æπ‘Ëß
Memory Stick Home
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
Filter : Still
®–ª√“°Ø√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æπ‘Ëß
‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡
°≈âÕß¥‘®µ
‘ Õ≈
ªÑÕß°—π
√–π“∫
Startup
≈∫
‡≈‘°„™â
No : 123/1234
¢π“¥ : 1024x768
4
‰ø≈å : 100MSDCF/SJP0001.JPG
«—π∑’Ë : 31.5.2003 1:00PM
ç‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¿“æπ‘Ëß∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°®–· ¥ß‡µÁ¡Àπâ“®Õ
À“°µâÕß°“√‰ª¬—ß¿“æπ‘Ëß°àÕπÀπâ“
À√◊Õ¿“æ∂—¥‰ª ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ‰ª∑“ß
´â“¬À√◊Õ¢«“
No : 1/1234
Size : 1024x768
¢π“¥
: 1024x768
∂—
¥‰ª: :
Next
‰ø≈å ::100MSDCF/SJP0001.JPG
File
100MSDCF/SJP0001.JPG
Date
«—π∑’Ë : 2003.MAY.31
31.5.2003 1:00PM
1:00PM
Menu : :
√“¬°“√
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 53
5
°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ®–ª√“°Ø
¬âÕπ°≈—∫
√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥
‡ªî¥
À“°µâÕß°“√· ¥ß¿“æπ‘Ëß¿“æÕ◊Ëπ∑’Ë
‰¡à„™à¿“æ°àÕπÀπâ“À√◊Õ¿“æ∂—¥‰ª
„Àâ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷Èπ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç¬âÕπ
°≈—∫é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡ ®–ª√“°Ø
çMemory Stick Homeé ∫π
®Õ¿“æ
ªÑÕß°—π
√–π“∫
≈∫
‡≈‘°„™â
No : 1/1234
¢π“¥ : 1024x768
‡≈◊ËÕπ :
°≈—∫ :
«—π∑’Ë : 31.5.2003 1:00PM
¬◊π¬—π :
√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‰ø≈å
§”·π–π”
ë √“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‰ø≈å®–ª√“°Ø‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘∑’Ë¥â“π¢«“≈à“ß‡¡◊ËÕ¿“æπ‘Ëß· ¥ß‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ ∑à“π “¡“√∂ªî¥°“√
· ¥ß¿“æπ‘Ëß‰¥â‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘‚¥¬µ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥é ®“°√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ¿“æ∑’Ë· ¥ß¿“æ·∫∫‡µÁ¡®ÕÕ“®À¬“∫´÷Ëß¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿà°—∫§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æπ‘Ëß
ë ¿“æ¢π“¥‡≈Á°Õ“®¢¬“¬‰¥â‰¡à‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ
ë ®–„™â‡«≈“π“π¬‘Ëß¢÷Èπ„π°“√· ¥ß‰ø≈å¿“æ¢π“¥„À≠à
54
°“√À¡ÿπ¿“æπ‘Ëß
∑à“π “¡“√∂À¡ÿπ¿“æ¢π“¥¬àÕ¢Õß¿“æπ‘Ëß∑’Ë∑à“π‡≈◊Õ°
®“° çMemory Stick Homeé À√◊Õ¿“æπ‘Ëß∑’Ë· ¥ß‡µÁ¡
®Õ¿“æ‰¥â§√—Èß≈– 90 Õß»“„π≈—°…≥–µ“¡‡¢Á¡π“Ãî°“
À√◊Õ∑«π‡¢Á¡π“Ãî°“
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
MEMORY
STICK
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
¥Ÿ√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‡√◊ËÕß°“√„ à·ºàπ çMemory Stické Àπâ“ 46
2
3
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MEMORY STICK ‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß çMemory Stick Homeé
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷Èπ/≈ß/¢«“/´â“¬
‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°¿“æπ‘Ëß∑’ËµâÕß°“√À¡ÿπ
√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æπ‘Ëß
Memory Stick Home
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
Filter : Still
√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æπ‘Ëß®–ª√“°Ø
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡
ªÑÕß°—π
√–π“∫
Startup
≈∫
‡≈‘°„™â
No : 123/1234
¢π“¥ : 1024x768
«—π∑’Ë : 31.5.2003 1:00PM
4
ç√–π“∫é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
5
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°∑‘»∑“ß°“√À¡ÿπ ç é (µ“¡‡¢Á¡π“Ãî°“) À√◊Õ ç é
(∑«π‡¢Á¡π“Ãî°“) ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
∑ÿ°§√—Èß∑’Ë°¥ªÉÿ¡
6
¿“æπ‘Ëß®–À¡ÿπ 90 Õß»“
≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈‘°„™âé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡°Á∫∫—π∑÷°¿“æ∑’Ëª√—∫√–π“∫
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 55
°“√À¡ÿπ¿“æ‡µÁ¡®Õ
1 À≈—ß®“°· ¥ß¿“æ·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ·≈â« (¥ŸÀπâ“ 53) °¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ
2 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç√–π“∫é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
3 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°∑‘»∑“ß°“√À¡ÿπ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
∑ÿ°§√—Èß∑’Ë°¥ªÉÿ¡ ¿“æπ‘Ëß®–À¡ÿπ§√—Èß≈– 90 Õß»“µ“¡∑‘»∑“ß∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°
4 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈‘°„™âé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂À¡ÿπ‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å‰¥â
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂À¡ÿπ¿“æπ‘Ëß∑’Ë∂Ÿ°ªÑÕß°—π (¥ŸÀπâ“ 61)
¬◊π¬—π —≠≈—°…≥åªÑÕß°—π∑’Ë√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‰ø≈å·≈–ª≈¥≈ÁÕ°√–∫∫ªÑÕß°—π¿“æ°àÕπ∑’Ë®–∑”°“√À¡ÿπ¿“æ
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂À¡ÿπ¿“æπ‘Ëß‰¥â∂â“·ºàπ çMemory Stické ∂Ÿ°≈ÁÕ°
56
°“√‡≈àπ¿“æ¬πµ√å
fi ¿“æ¬πµ√å
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
MEMORY
STICK
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷Èπ/≈ß/¢«“/´â“¬ ‡æ◊ËÕ
‡≈◊Õ°¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’ËµâÕß°“√‡≈àπ
√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æ¬πµ√å
Memory Stick Home
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
Filter : Still
√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æ¬πµ√å®–ª√“°Ø
∫π®Õ¿“æ
¿“æ¬πµ√å
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡
ªÑÕß°—π
√–π“∫
Startup
≈∫
‡≈‘°„™â
No : 124/1234
¢π“¥ : 320x240
‰ø≈å : 100MSDCF/BASEBALL.MPG
«—π∑’Ë : 31.5.2003 1:00PM
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 57
4
ç¿“æ¬πµ√åé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¬âÕπ°≈—∫
√“¬°“√¿“æ¬πµ√å®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
√“¬°“√
No : 124/1234
¢π“¥ : 320x240
∂Õ¬À≈—ß :
‡¥‘πÀπâ“ :
‡≈◊Õ° :
‰ø≈å : SJP0001.MPG
«—π∑’Ë : 31.5.2003 1:00PM
¬◊π¬—π :
√“¬°“√ —Ëßß“π¿“æ¬πµ√å
√“¬°“√
‡æ◊ÕË
ç¬âÕπ°≈—∫é
¬âÕπ°≈—∫‰ª¬—ß çMemory Stick Homeé
çB/Xé
‡≈àπ¿“æ¬πµ√å ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√π’È„π¢≥–∑’Ë‡≈àπ‡æ◊ËÕÀ¬ÿ¥°“√‡≈àπ™—Ë«¢≥–
çxé
À¬ÿ¥°“√‡≈àπ
ç.é
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬„π¢≥–∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥¿“æ¬πµ√å‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß
‰ø≈å°àÕπÀπâ“®“°·ºàπ çMemory Stické √–À«à“ß°“√‡≈àπ ªÉÿ¡§«∫§ÿ¡®–
‡ª≈’Ë¬π‡ªìπ çmé (°√Õ°≈—∫·∫∫‡√Á«) ·≈â«¿“æ¬πµ√å®–°√Õ°≈—∫Õ¬à“ß
√«¥‡√Á«
ç>é
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ‰ª∑“ß¢«“„π¢≥–∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥¿“æ¬πµ√å‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß‰ø≈å∂—¥
‰ª®“°·ºàπ çMemory Stické √–À«à“ß°“√‡≈àπ ªÉÿ¡§«∫§ÿ¡®–‡ª≈’Ë¬π‡ªìπ
çMé (‡¥‘πÀπâ“·∫∫‡√Á«) ·≈â«¿“æ¬πµ√å®–°√Õ‰ªÀπâ“Õ¬à“ß√«¥‡√Á«
ç‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æé
· ¥ß¿“æ¬πµ√å‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ
ç√“¬°“√é
· ¥ß√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ¬πµ√å‡æ◊ËÕ‡¢â“À—«¢âÕ‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ∂â“‡≈◊Õ°ªÉÿ¡ . À√◊Õ > ¢≥–∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„π‚À¡¥À¬ÿ¥¿“æ¬πµ√å Õ“®µâÕß„™â‡«≈“π“π„π°“√
‡ªî¥‰ø≈å°àÕπÀπâ“À√◊Õ‰ø≈å∂—¥‰ª ¢≥–∑’Ë‡ªî¥‰ø≈å À—«¢âÕ ç¬âÕπ°≈—∫é ®– «à“ß ∂â“°¥ªÉÿ¡ ¢≥–∑’ËÀ—«
¢âÕ ç¬âÕπ°≈—∫é «à“ß ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå®–¬âÕπ°≈—∫‰ª¬—ß çMemory Stick Homeé
ë çmé (°√Õ°≈—∫·∫∫‡√Á«) ·≈– çMé (‡¥‘πÀπâ“·∫∫‡√Á«) Õ“®‰¡à∑”ß“π‡π◊ËÕß®“°¢π“¥¢Õß‰ø≈å
¿“æ¬πµ√å
58
5
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çB/Xé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¿“æ¬πµ√å®–‡√‘Ë¡‡≈àπ ‡¡◊ËÕ∂÷ßµÕπ®∫ ¿“æ¬πµ√å°Á®–¬âÕπ°≈—∫‰ª∑’ËµÕπ‡√‘Ë¡µâπ·≈–À¬ÿ¥‡≈àπ
À“°µâÕß°“√À¬ÿ¥‡≈àπ¿“æ¬πµ√å·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çxé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
°“√‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ß
1 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç√“¬°“√é ∑’ËÀπâ“®Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ¬πµ√å®–ª√“°Ø
√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ¬πµ√å
¬âÕπ°≈—∫
√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥
‡ªî¥
‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ß
´â“¬/¢«“
ªÑÕß°—π
√“¬°“√
≈∫
‡≈‘°„™â
‰ø≈å : SJP0001.MPG
«—π∑’Ë : 31.5.2003 1:00PM
No : 124/1234
¢π“¥ : 320x240
‡≈◊ËÕπ :
2 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡
3 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡
°≈—∫ :
¬◊π¬—π :
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ßé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ß∑’ËµâÕß°“√øíß ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ß·≈–‡ ’¬ß∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°‰¥â
√“¬°“√
√–∫∫ ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ
√–∫∫ Õß¿“…“
´â“¬/¢«“
‡ ’¬ß®“°≈”‚æß¥â“π´â“¬·≈–¥â“π¢«“
‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°·≈–‡ ’¬ß√Õß
´â“¬
‡ ’¬ß®“°≈”‚æß¥â“π´â“¬
‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°
¢«“
‡ ’¬ß®“°≈”‚æß¥â“π¢«“
‡ ’¬ß√Õß
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë √“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ßé ®–‰¡à∑”ß“πÀ“°¿“æ¬πµ√å‰¡à‰¥â∫—π∑÷°‡ ’¬ß≈ß‰ª
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 59
°“√‡≈àπ¿“æ¬πµ√å·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ
1 ‡≈àπ¿“æ¬πµ√å‚¥¬ªØ‘∫—µ‘µ“¡¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 4 Àπâ“ 57
2 ‡≈◊ÕË πªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¿“æ®–· ¥ß‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ ·≈–‡√‘Ë¡‡≈àπ‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
°“√°≈—∫ Ÿà¿“æ¬πµ√å
¢≥–∑’Ë°”≈—ß‡≈àπ¿“æ¬πµ√å ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡
¢÷Èπ/≈ß/¢«“/´â“¬ À√◊Õ°¥ªÉÿ¡
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë
ë
ë
ë
60
Õ“®‰¡à “¡“√∂¢¬“¬¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë¡’¢π“¥¿“æ‡≈Á°·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ‰¥â
¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë· ¥ß¿“æ·∫∫‡µÁ¡®ÕÕ“®À¬“∫´÷Ëß¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿà°—∫§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æ
°“√¢¬“¬‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√åÕ“®„™â‡«≈“π“π·≈–‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë„™â‡«≈“ —ÈπÕ“®‰¡à‡≈àπ
çmé ·≈– çMé ®–‰¡à∑”ß“π‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈àπ¿“æ¬πµ√å·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ
°“√ªÑÕß°—π‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å
∑à“π “¡“√∂ªÑÕß°—π‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å®“°°“√
∂Ÿ°≈∫‚¥¬∫—ß‡Õ‘≠‰¥â ·≈– “¡“√∂ª≈¥≈ÁÕ°√–∫∫ªÑÕß°—π
°“√∂Ÿ°≈∫‰¥â
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
MEMORY
STICK
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷Èπ/≈ß/¢«“/´â“¬ ‡æ◊ËÕ
‡≈◊Õ°¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’ËµâÕß°“√µ‘¥µ—Èß
√–∫∫ªÑÕß°—π ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å
Memory Stick Home
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
Filter : Still
√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ
¿“æ¬πµ√å®–ª√“°Ø
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡
‘ Õ≈
ªÑÕß°—π
√–π“∫
Startup
≈∫
‡≈‘°„™â
No : 123/1234
¢π“¥ : 1024x768
4
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çªÑÕß°—πé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
5
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
—≠≈—°…≥å
(ªÑÕß°—π) ®–ª√“°Ø
«—π∑’Ë : 31.5.2003 1:00PM
À“°µâÕß°“√ª≈¥≈ÁÕ°√–∫∫ªÑÕß°—π „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 61
°“√ªÑÕß°—π¿“æ·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ
1 À≈—ß®“°· ¥ß¿“æπ‘Ëß·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ·≈â« (¥ŸÀπâ“ 53) °¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ®–ª√“°Ø∫πÀπâ“®Õ
2 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çªÑÕß°—πé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
3 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
°“√ªÑÕß°—π‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å®“°√“¬°“√¿“æ¬πµ√å
1 À≈—ß®“°· ¥ß¿“æ¬πµ√å·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ·≈â« (¥ŸÀπâ“ 57) ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡
ç√“¬°“√é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ®–ª√“°Ø∫πÀπâ“®Õ
2 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çªÑÕß°—πé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
3 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°
§”·π–π”
ë §ÿ≥ ¡∫—µ‘¢Õß¿“æ∑’Ë‰¥â√—∫°“√ªÑÕß°—π®–· ¥ß¢âÕ§«“¡‡À¡◊Õπ∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß§Õ¡æ‘«‡µÕ√å«à“ ç·π–π”„ÀâÕà“π
Õ¬à“ß‡¥’¬«é
62
°“√≈∫¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å
∑à“π “¡“√∂≈∫‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë‰¡à„™âÕÕ°
®“°·ºàπ çMemory Stické ‰¥â °àÕπ®–∑”°“√≈∫‰ø≈å
µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¡à®”‡ªìπµâÕß„™â‰ø≈å‡À≈à“π—Èπ·≈â«®√‘ßÊ
‡æ√“–‰¡à “¡“√∂°Ÿâ§◊π‰ø≈å¿“æ∑’Ë≈∫∑‘Èß‰ª·≈â«‰¥â
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
MEMORY
STICK
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷Èπ/≈ß/¢«“/´â“¬ ‡æ◊ËÕ
‡≈◊Õ°‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’ËµâÕß°“√≈∫
√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å
Memory Stick Home
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
Filter : Still
√“¬°“√ “√∫—≠¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ
¬πµ√å®–ª√“°Ø
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡
‘ Õ≈
ªÑÕß°—π
√–π“∫
Startup
≈∫
‡≈‘°„™â
No : 123/1234
¢π“¥ : 1024x768
4
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç≈∫é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
5
¢÷Èπ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°é ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
«—π∑’Ë : 31.5.2003 1:00PM
®–ª√“°Ø¢âÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π∫π®Õ¿“æ
6
‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç„™àé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
À“°µâÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘°°“√≈∫‰ø≈å ‡≈◊Õ° ç‰¡à„™àé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 63
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ ç‡ªî¥é ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é °“√≈∫‰ø≈å∑’Ë¡’ —≠≈—°…≥å‰ø≈å —¡æ—∑∏å∑‘Èß®–‡ªìπ°“√≈∫‰ø≈å
Õ◊Ëπ∑’Ë‡°’Ë¬«¢âÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥„π‡«≈“‡¥’¬«°—π (¥ŸÀπâ“ 48)
ë °àÕπ∑’Ë®– —Ëß≈∫‰ø≈å „Àâ¬◊π¬—π√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‰ø≈å
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂≈∫‰ø≈å¿“æ∑’Ëµ‘¥µ—Èß√–∫∫ªÑÕß°—π‰¥â (¥ŸÀπâ“ 61) ∑à“πµâÕßª≈¥≈ÁÕ°‰ø≈å¿“æπ—Èπ°àÕπ
ë À“° «‘µ™åªÑÕß°—π°“√≈∫¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑’Ë·ºàπ çMemory Stické Õ¬Ÿà∑’Ëµ”·Àπàß≈ÁÕ° çLOCKé
∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂≈∫‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë‡°Á∫‰«â„π·ºàπ çMemory Stické π—Èπ‰¥â
°“√≈∫¿“æ·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ
1 À≈—ß®“°· ¥ß¿“æπ‘Ëß·∫∫‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ·≈â« (¥ŸÀπâ“ 53) °¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
2 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç≈∫é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
3 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷Èπ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
®–ª√“°Ø¢âÕ§«“¡¬◊π¬—π∫π®Õ¿“æ
4 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç„™àé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
°“√≈∫‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å®“°√“¬°“√¿“æ¬πµ√å
1 À≈—ß®“°· ¥ß¿“æ¬πµ√å (¥ŸÀπâ“ 57) „Àâ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç√“¬°“√é ·≈â«
°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ª√—∫¿“æ¬πµ√å®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
2 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç≈∫é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
3 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷Èπ‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
4 ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç„™àé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
64
°“√· ¥ß ∂“π–ªí®®ÿ∫—π
¢Õß·ºàπ çMemory Stické
∑à“π “¡“√∂· ¥ß™π‘¥ ¢π“¥∑—ÈßÀ¡¥ ¢π“¥∑’Ë„™â‰ª ·≈–
¢π“¥∑’Ë‡À≈◊Õ¢Õß·ºàπ çMemory Stické
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫/µ—Èß§à“é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ çª√—∫/µ—Èß§à“é ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
4
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çMemory Stické
∂“π–¢≥–π—Èπ¢Õß·ºàπ çMemory Stické ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 65
°“√‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡
∑à“πµâÕß‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡‡æ◊ËÕ¥Ÿ‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë∫—π
∑÷°‰«â„π·øÑ¡µà“ß°—π®“°‡§√◊ËÕß§Õ¡æ‘«‡µÕ√å
VIDEO
CENTER SP
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
§”·π–π”
ë À“°µ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ∑à“π “¡“√∂
‡√’¬°· ¥ß¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∫π®Õ¿“æ‰¥â¡“°°«à“
2,000 ¿“æ
1
MEMORY STICK
MEMORY
STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
°àÕπ®–„™âß“πøíß°å™—Ëππ’È µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥âµ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’ËÀ—«
¢âÕ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é
IN
G–
HD/DVD
2
3
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡é ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
4
5
çªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
·øÑ¡¢≥–π’È
√“¬™◊ËÕ·øÑ¡
Memory Stick Home
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
ªî¥
Filter : Still
‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡
‡≈‘°„™â
No :
¢π“¥ :
‰ø≈å :
«—π∑’Ë :
‰ª∑’Ë¢—Èπ∫π ‰ø≈å¿“æÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å‰ø≈å·√°∑’√Ë «¡Õ¬Ÿ„à π
·øÑ¡¢≥–π’È
66
6
‰ª∑“ß¢«“‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬™◊ËÕ·øÑ¡
7
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡¡’‰ø≈å¿“æ∑’Ë∑à“πµâÕß°“√√—∫™¡ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
8
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈‘°„™âé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
À√◊Õ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡
‰ª∑“ß´â“¬
¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë‡°Á∫‰«â„π·øÑ¡∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°®–· ¥ß∑’Ë çMemory Stick Homeé
¡’µàÕ
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 67
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
§”·π–π”
ë À“°µ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ∑à“π “¡“√∂
‡√’¬°· ¥ß¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∫π®Õ¿“æ‰¥â¡“°°«à“
2,000 ¿“æ
1
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
PROG
INDEX
°“√‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫¿“æ fi ª√—∫/µ—Èß§à“
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√· ¥ß≈”¥—∫¢Õß¿“æ®“°·ºàπ
çMemory Stické ‚¥¬‡√’¬ß™◊ËÕ‰ø≈åµ“¡≈”¥—∫µ—«Õ—°…√
À√◊Õ‡√’¬ßµ“¡≈”¥—∫«—π∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°
°àÕπ®–„™âß“πøíß°å™—Ëππ’È µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥âµ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é
∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é
IN
G–
HD/DVD
2
3
√“¬°“√ çª√—∫/µ—Èß§à“é ®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
4
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‰ø≈åé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
5
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫é ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
6
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√°“√‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫
À—«¢âÕ
™◊ËÕ m
A
Z
™◊ËÕ m
Z
A
«—π∑’Ë m
«—π∑’Ë m 91
‡æ◊ÕË
‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫™◊ËÕ‰ø≈åµ“¡µ—«Õ—°…√ (A ∂÷ß Z)
‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫™◊ËÕ‰ø≈åµ“¡µ—«Õ—°…√„π≈”¥—∫¬âÕπ°≈—∫ (Z ∂÷ß A)
1
9
‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫‰ø≈åµ“¡«—π∑’Ë∫—π∑÷° (1 ∂÷ß 9)
‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫‰ø≈åµ“¡«—π∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°„π≈”¥—∫¬âÕπ°≈—∫ (9 ∂÷ß 1)
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë À“°∫—π∑÷°‰ø≈å¿“æ®“°‡§√◊ËÕß§Õ¡æ‘«‡µÕ√å Õ“®¡’°“√· ¥ß«—π∑’Ëà·°â‰¢‰ø≈å¿“æπ—Èπ
68
MEMORY
STICK
°“√· ¥ß¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å
fi ª√—∫/µ—Èß§à“
∑à“π “¡“√∂· ¥ß¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°
ºà“π·ºàπ çMemory Stické ‰¥â
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
MEMORY
STICK
MENU
IN
TW
PROG
INDEX
°àÕπ®–„™âß“πøíß°å™—Ëππ’È µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥âµ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é
∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
HD/DVD
1
2
3
√“¬°“√ çª√—∫/µ—Èß§à“é ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
4
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‰ø≈åé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
5
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç·øÑ¡é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
6
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
√“¬°“√·øÑ¡
À—«¢âÕ
¿“æ∑’Ë· ¥ß
ç¿“æπ‘ßË é
¿“æπ‘Ëß‡∑à“π—Èπ
ç¿“æ¬πµ√åé
¿“æ¬πµ√å‡∑à“π—πÈ
çªî¥é
¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å
§”·π–π”
ë ∂â“‡≈◊Õ° ç¿“æπ‘Ëßé À√◊Õ ç¿“æ¬πµ√åé ®“°√“¬°“√ ç·øÑ¡é ™π‘¥¢Õß¿“æ∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ° (¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ
¡’µàÕ
¿“æ¬πµ√å) ®–· ¥ß∑’Ë√“¬°“√ çMemory Stick Homeé
°“√„™âß“π¢—Èπ Ÿß 69
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
°“√·π–π”√–∫∫√“¬°“√µà“ßÊ
ªÉÿ¡ MENU ®–∑”„Àâ‡ªî¥√“¬°“√ —Ëßß“π¢÷Èπ¡“‡æ◊ËÕ·°â‰¢§à“ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ¥â“π≈à“ßπ’È§◊Õ¿“æ√«¡¢Õß
√–∫∫‡¡πŸ
™◊ËÕ¢Õß√“¬°“√ªí®®ÿ∫—π
‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 1
—≠≈—°…≥å°≈—∫‰ª√“¬°“√°àÕπÀπâ“π’È
—≠≈—°…≥å°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡
—≠≈—°…≥å°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß
Eng l i sh
¿“…“ :
‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 3
µ”·Àπàß¿“æ
‰∑¬
—≠≈—°…≥å Memory Stick
ª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’
ªî¥
√–∫∫‡°¡ å :
µ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß«‘¥’‚Õ
—≠≈—°…≥åª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß
√–∫∫ ’ :
ªî¥
ª√–À¬—¥‰ø :
—≠≈—°…≥å‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æ
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
Navigation Help
—≠≈—°…≥å‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡
‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 2
‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°∫“ß√“¬°“√„π‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 2 ®“°√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é ®–ª√“°Ø‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∂—¥‰ª¢÷Èπ¡“ (‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 3)
·≈–‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°∫“ß√“¬°“√„π‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫π’È ®–ª√“°Ø‡¡πŸª√—∫§Ë“¢÷Èπ¡“ (‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 4)
ª√—∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’ :
VHF ≈à“ß :
ª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’
ª√—∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
√–∫∫∑’«:’
µ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß
≈ÁÕ°™àÕß
·°â‰¢™àÕß
‡≈◊Õ° :
B/G
¬◊π¬—π :
Se l e c t :
®∫:
‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 3
Con f i rm:
®∫:
‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 4
√–¥—∫∑’Ë 1
√–¥—∫∑’Ë 2/√–¥—∫∑’Ë 3
√–¥—∫∑’Ë 3/√–¥—∫∑’Ë 4/øíß°å™—Ëπ
ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé
çDRC-MFé
‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ çDRC-MFé:
çDRC1250é t çDRC100é t çProgressiveé
‡≈◊Õ°§à“°”Àπ¥‡Õß‡æ’¬ßÀπ÷Ëß§à“®“° DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ 3 §à“
ç°”Àπ¥‡Õß 1é t ç°”Àπ¥‡Õß 2é t ç°”Àπ¥‡Õß 3é
‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥¿“æ:
ç¿“æ§¡‡¢â¡é t ç¿“æª°µ‘é t ç¿“æ§¡™—¥é t ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
ª√—∫§à“®“°À—«¢âÕ ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é:
ç¿“æé t ç «à“ßé t ç ’é t ç‡©¥ ’é t ç§¡™—¥é t ç‚∑π ’é t
ç¬°‡≈‘°é
„™âß“πÀ√◊Õ¬°‡≈‘°√–∫∫ —≠≠“≥√∫°«π¿“æ
‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ß:
ç‡µÁ¡√–¥—∫é t ç¿“æ¬πµ√åé t çπ‘Ë¡π«≈é t ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
ª√—∫§à“®“°À—«¢âÕ ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é:
ç·À≈¡é t çµË”é t çBBEé* t ç¬°‡≈‘°é
ª√—∫√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß®“°≈”‚æß´â“¬·≈–¢«“„Àâ‡ ¡Õ°—π
„™âß“πÀ√◊Õ¬°‡≈‘°√–∫∫ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ ç‡´Õ√å√“«¥åé:
çTruSurroundé t çSimulatedé t çªî¥é
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫≈”‚æß: ç‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°é À√◊Õ ç‡ ’¬ß°≈“ßé
çDRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
ç‚À¡¥¿“æé
çª√—∫¿“æé
ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé
ç3D-NRé
ç‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ßé
çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé
ç‡ ¡Õ°—πé
çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é
ç‡´Õ√å√“«¥åé
ç√–∫∫≈”‚æßé
* ≈‘¢ ‘∑∏‘Ï‚¥¬ BBE Sound, Inc. ¿“¬„µâ USP4638258, 4482866
çBBEé ·≈– —≠≈—°…≥å BBE ‡ªìπ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬°“√§â“¢Õß BBE Sound, Inc.
70
09
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
√–¥—∫∑’Ë 1
√–¥—∫∑’Ë 2/√–¥—∫∑’Ë 3
√–¥—∫∑’Ë 3/√–¥—∫∑’Ë 4/øíß°å™—Ëπ
çMemory
Stické
ç√“¬°“√ Memory
Stické
· ¥ß¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°‰«â„π çMemory Stické
∑à“π “¡“√∂· ¥ß√“¬°“√ —Ëßß“ππ’È‚¥¬°¥ªÉÿ¡ MEMORY STICK ∫π√’‚¡∑
§Õπ‚∑√≈‰¥â‡™àπ°—π
çª√—∫®Õ°«â“ßé
ç√–∫∫ 16:9é
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß:
ç¢¬“¬¿“æé t çª°µ‘é t ç‡µÁ¡®Õé t ç¢¬“¬é
ç‡≈◊Õ°®Õ°«â“ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß∑’Ë‡À¡“– ¡°—∫¿“æ∑’Ë ÿ¥‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
ç°”Àπ¥¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3é
‡ª≈’Ë¬π¢π“¥¢Õß¿“æ‡ªìπ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé À√◊Õ çª°µ‘é ‡¡◊ËÕ‰¥â√—∫ —≠≠“≥¿“æ
√–∫∫ 4:3 ª°µ‘∑’Ë¡’ —≠≠“≥·∫∫ ID-1 À√◊Õ 480i/480p ‚¥¬∑’Ë‰¡à¡’ ID-1
çª√—∫√–¥—∫¿“æ·π«µ—Èßé
ª√—∫√–¥—∫¿“æ·π«µ—Èß®“°‚À¡¥ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé À√◊Õ ç¢¬“¬é
ç¢π“¥¿“æ·π«µ—Èßé
¢π“¥¿“æ·π«µ—Èß®“°‚À¡¥ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé À√◊Õ ç¢¬“¬é
ç· ¥ß Õß¿“æé
· ¥ß√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πåÕ’°√“¬°“√Àπ÷Ëß∑’Ë¥â“π¢â“ß¢Õß®Õ¿“æÀ≈—°
ç ≈—∫¿“æé
≈—∫¿“æ√–À«à“ß®Õ¿“æ¥â“π´â“¬·≈–¥â“π¢«“
ç· ¥ß™àÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥é
‡≈◊ËÕπ°√Õ∫‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√∑’Ë· ¥ß∫π®Õ¿“æµ“¡≈”¥—∫„π¢≥–π—Èπ‰¥â‚¥¬µ√ß
ç¿“…“/Languageé
‡ª≈’Ë¬π¿“…“¢Õß√“¬°“√ —Ëßß“π:
çEnglishé t ç‰∑¬é
çµ”·Àπàß¿“æé
ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¢Õß¿“æ∑’Ë‰¡à¢π“π°—∫Àπâ“®Õ‚∑√∑—»πå
ç‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ß
À≈“¬¿“æé
ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é
ª√—∫§«“¡‡Õ’¬ß¢Õß¿“æ
ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé
ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß·π«µ—Èß¢Õß¿“æ
çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«é’
çª√—∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µé‘
ª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’À√◊Õ‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫∑’«’
®–ª√“°Ø√“¬°“√ çª√—∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ∫π®Õ¿“æ
ª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
çª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé ®–ª√“°Ø√“¬°“√ çª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé ∫π®Õ¿“æ
ª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’‚¥¬‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
ç√–∫∫∑’«é’
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫∑’«’:
çB/Gé t çIé t çD/Ké t çMé
çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕßé
µ—Èß™◊ËÕ (‡™àπ ™◊ËÕ ∂“π’‚∑√∑—»πå) ¢Õß™àÕß∑’«’∑’Ëª√—∫·≈â«
ç≈ÁÕ°™àÕßé
≈ÁÕ°™àÕß√“¬°“√∑’Ë°”Àπ¥
ç·°â‰¢™àÕßé
‡ª≈’Ë¬π≈”¥—∫°“√· ¥ß™àÕß∑’«’
ç√–∫∫‡°¡ åé
„™âß“πÀ√◊Õ¬°‡≈‘°√–∫∫ GAME MODE
çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß«‘¥’‚Õé
µ—Èß™◊ËÕÕÿª°√≥åÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/«‘¥’‚Õ∑’Ë‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»π‹å
ç«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“é
‡≈◊Õ°™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“∑’Ë‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫Õÿª°√≥åÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/«‘¥’‚Õ
ç«‘¥’‚Õ 1é t ç«‘¥’‚Õ 2é t ç«‘¥’‚Õ 3é t ç«‘¥’‚Õ 4é t HD/DVD 1é
t çHD/DVD 2é
¡’µàÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 71
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé
°“√·π–π”√–∫∫√“¬°“√µà“ßÊ (µàÕ)
√–¥—∫∑’Ë 1
ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é
√–¥—∫∑’Ë 2/√–¥—∫∑’Ë 3
ç™◊ËÕé
ç√–∫∫ ’é
çª√–À¬—¥‰øé
ç™àÕß S «‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“é
√–¥—∫∑’Ë 3/√–¥—∫∑’Ë 4/øíß°å™—Ëπ
‡≈◊Õ°™◊ËÕ®“°™◊ËÕ∑’Ë°”Àπ¥¡“„ÀâÀπ÷Ëß™◊ËÕÀ√◊Õµ—Èß™◊ËÕ„À¡à∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç·°â‰¢é
ç«‘¥’‚Õ 1é t ç‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õé t ç¥“«‡∑’¬¡é t ç‡°¡ åé t
ç·°â‰¢é
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ ’:
çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é t çPALé t çSECAMé t çNTSC3.58é t
çNTSC4.43é
„™âß“πÀ√◊Õ¬°‡≈‘°√–∫∫ ECO MODE
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ —≠≠“≥ S video ‡¢â“: çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é À√◊Õ çªî¥é
°“√°≈—∫‰ª„™â§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß¡“®“°‚√ßß“π
°¥ªÿÉ¡ RESET ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
°“√°¥ªÉÿ¡ RESET ®–‡ªìπ°“√µ—Èß§à“µà“ßÊ ¢Õß‚∑√∑—»πå„À¡à∑—ÈßÀ¡¥¬°‡«âπ√“¬°“√ —Ëßß“πµàÕ‰ª
π’:È
› ç¿“…“é
› ç™àÕßé ·≈– ç¢â“¡™àÕßé ®“°√“¬°“√ çª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé
› çª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥é ®“°√“¬°“√ çª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé
› ç√–∫∫∑’«’é
› À—«¢âÕ ç√“¬°“√ Memory Stické
› çµ”·Àπàß¿“æé
› ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é ®“°√“¬°“√ ç‚À¡¥¿“æé ·≈– ç‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ßé
› çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕßé
› çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß«‘¥’‚Õé
› §à“°”Àπ¥‡Õß®“° çDRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
72
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
«‘∏’„™âß“π‡¡πŸ
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
DRC -MF:
DRC 1250
DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ : °”Àπ¥‡Õß 1
‚À¡¥¿“æ :
‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
ª√—∫¿“æ
Ad j us tmen t
3D -NR:
ªî¥
V CENTER
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
MENU
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU ‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß
√“¬°“√‡¡πŸ
IN
G–
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡®Õ¬ µ‘Í°
( ) ¢÷Èπ ≈ß ‰ª∑“ß
´â“¬À√◊Õ¢«“‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°
À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
°¥ªÉÿ¡®Õ¬ µ‘Í° ( )
‡æ◊ËÕ¬◊π¬—π°“√‡≈◊Õ°
·≈–/À√◊Õ‰ª¬—ß√–¥—∫∂—¥
‰ª
‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æ
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
· ¥ß Õß¿“æ: ‡ªî¥
≈—∫¿“æ
· ¥ß™àÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æ
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
· ¥ß Õß¿“æ: ‡ªî¥
≈—∫¿“æ
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
°“√ —Ëßß“π√“¬°“√‡¡πŸÕ◊ËπÊ
‡æ◊ÕË
ª√—∫§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß‰«â
¢÷Èπ ≈ß ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬À√◊Õ¢«“
‡≈◊ËÕπ‰ª¬—ß√–¥—∫‡¡πŸ°àÕπÀπâ“π’È/∂—¥‰ª
‰ª∑“ß´â“¬À√◊Õ¢«“
¬°‡≈‘°√“¬°“√
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
§”·π–π”
ë À“°µâÕß°“√ÕÕ°®“°‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 2 ‰ª¬—ß‡¡πŸ√–¥—∫∑’Ë 1 „Àâ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß®π°«à“‡§Õ√å‡´Õ√å
‰ªÕ¬Ÿà∑’Ë —≠≈—°…≥å°≈—∫‰ª∑’Ë√“¬°“√°àÕπÀπâ“π’È (3) ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
ë ∑à“π “¡“√∂„™âªÿË¡ MENU, (‡¢â“) ·≈– F/f/G/g (¢÷Èπ/≈ß/´â“¬/¢«“) ∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
„π°“√ —Ëßß“π√“¬°“√∑’Ë°≈à“«¡“¢â“ßµâπ‰¥â
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë À“°‰¡à‰¥â„™âß“π‡¡πŸ‡ªìπ‡«≈“°«à“ 90 «‘π“∑’ Àπâ“®Õ‡¡πŸ®–À“¬‰ª‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ ¬°‡«âπ‡¡◊ËÕÕ¬Ÿà„π‡¡πŸ
çMemory Stické
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 73
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß
ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
A/B
PRO
G+
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ° ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé ™à«¬„π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß¿“æ √—∫
™¡¿“æ§ÿ≥¿“æ Ÿß ·≈–≈¥ —≠≠“≥√∫°«π¿“æ
TW
IN
P RO
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
DRC -MF:
DRC 1250
DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ : °”Àπ¥‡Õß1
‚À¡¥¿“æ :
‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
ª√—∫¿“æ
Ad j us tmen t
3D -NR:
ªî¥
MENU
1
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°À—«
¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
DRC1250
DRC-MF:
DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ : °”Àπ¥‡Õß1
‚À¡¥¿“æ :
‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
ª√—∫¿“æ
Ad j us tmen t
3D-NR:
ªî¥
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
DRC-MF:
DRC1250
1
DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ : °”Àπ¥‡Õß
DRC100
‚À¡¥¿“æ :
‡≈◊Õ°ª√—P∫ r og r es s i ve
ª√—∫¿“æ
Ad j us tmen t
3D-NR:
ªî¥
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
çDRC-MFé
„™âß“π°“√ √â“ß¿“æ ¡®√‘ß·∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈√–∫∫¡—≈µ‘øíß°å™—Ëπ (DRC-MF) „π°“√√—∫™¡¿“æ∑’Ë¡’
§ÿ≥¿“æ Ÿß
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çDRC1250é çDRC100é À√◊Õ çProgressiveé ·≈â«
°¥ªÿÉ¡
çDRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
‡≈◊Õ°§à“°”Àπ¥‡Õß 1 §à“¢Õß°“√ª√—∫√–¥—∫§«“¡ ¡®√‘ß·≈–§«“¡§¡™—¥¢Õß¿“æ
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç°”Àπ¥‡Õß 1é, ç°”Àπ¥‡Õß 2é À√◊Õ ç°”Àπ¥‡Õß 3é
ç‚À¡¥¿“æé
√—∫¿“æ„π‚À¡¥∑’Ë‡À¡“– ¡
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç¿“æ§¡‡¢â¡é ç¿“æª°µ‘é ç¿“æ§¡™—¥é À√◊Õ ç‡≈◊Õ°
ª√—∫*é ·≈È«°¥ªÿÉ¡
* ‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é §Ë“ª√—∫µ—Èß¿“æ§√—ÈßÀ≈—ß ÿ¥®“°√“¬°“√ çª√—∫¿“æé ®–∂Ÿ°π”¡“„™È (¥ŸÀπÈ“ 76)
74
®∫:
°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
IN
TW
‡≈◊Õ° :
3
¬◊π¬—π :
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
ª√—∫§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æ‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“√“¬°“√ ç‚À¡¥¿“æé ‡ªìπ ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
ª√—∫¿“æ
¿“æ
«à“ß
’
‡©¥ ’
§¡™—¥
‚∑π ’ :
¬°‡≈‘°
‡≈◊Õ° :
ç3D-NRé
80
50
50
00
50
Tempeª“π°≈“ß
ra t ure :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫ª√ÿß —≠≠“≥¿“æ®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÀ√◊Õ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡¡◊ËÕ‰¥â√—∫ —≠≠“≥∑’ËÕàÕπ
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
‡¡◊ËÕµâÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘° ‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
§”·π–π”
ë ¥Ÿ∑’ËÀπâ“ 21 ·≈– 22 µ“¡≈”¥—∫ ”À√—∫√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¢ÕßÀ—«¢âÕ®“°√“¬°“√ çDRC-MFé ·≈– çDRC
·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
ë √–∫∫ çDRC-MFé ·≈– çDRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é ®–‰¡à∑”ß“π‡¡◊ËÕ√—∫ —≠≠“≥‡¢â“·∫∫§«“¡§¡™—¥
¿“æ Ÿß (HD) À√◊Õ Progressive
ë √–∫∫ çDRC-MFé, çDRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é ·≈– ç3D-NRé ®–‰¡à∑”ß“π¢≥–∑’Ë„™âµ—«Õà“π
çMemory Stické
ë À—«¢âÕ∫“ßÀ—«¢âÕ¢Õß√“¬°“√ çª√—∫¿“æé ‰¡à “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫¿“æ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°ºà“π çMemory Stické
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
¡’µàÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 75
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé (µàÕ)
°“√ª√—∫·µàßÀ—«¢âÕ çª√—∫¿“æé
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡¢â“ Ÿà√“¬°“√ çª√—∫¿“æé ‡¡◊ËÕ∑à“π‰¥â‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é ®“° ç‚À¡¥¿“æé
·≈â«‡∑à“π—Èπ
1
2
3
4
· ¥ß√“¬°“√ ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé ∫π®Õ¿“æ ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é ®“° ç‚À¡¥¿“æé
çª√—∫¿“æé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
ª√—∫¿“æ
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ (‡™àπ ç ’é) ·≈â«
°¥ªÉÿ¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
G–
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
Tempeª“π°≈“ß
ra t ure :
¬◊π¬—π :
≈ßÀ√◊Õ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ
’
ç¿“æé
≈¥§«“¡‡¢â¡¢Õß¿“æ
‡æ‘Ë¡§«“¡‡¢â¡¢Õß¿“æ
ç «à“ßé
≈¥§«“¡ «à“ß¢Õß¿“æ
‡æ‘Ë¡§«“¡ «à“ß¢Õß¿“æ
ç ’é
≈¥§«“¡‡¢â¡ ’
‡æ‘¡Ë §«“¡‡¢â¡ ’
ç‡©¥ ’é*
‡æ‘¡Ë ‚∑π ’·¥ß¢Õß¿“æ
‡æ‘Ë¡‚∑π ’‡¢’¬«¢Õß¿“æ
ç§¡™—¥é
‡æ‘Ë¡§«“¡πÿà¡π«≈¢Õß¿“æ
‡æ‘Ë¡§«“¡§¡™—¥¢Õß¿“æ
ç‚∑π ’é
ç¬°‡≈‘°é
‡≈◊Õ° ç¬°‡≈‘°é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ‰ª∑“ß¢«“‡æ◊ËÕ
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡¬Áπé çª“π°≈“ßé À√◊Õ ç√âÕπé
∑”¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 3 ·≈– 4 ´È”‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫À—«¢âÕÕ◊ËπÊ
®∫:
G–
”À√—∫
§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß‰«â®–∂Ÿ°π”¡“„™â‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
76
IN
TW
80
50
50
00
50
ª√—∫·µàß§à“À√◊Õ‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√®“°µ“√“ß¥â“π≈à“ß ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡æ◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“¿“æ°≈—∫‡ªìπ§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß¡“®“°‚√ßß“π
* §ÿ≥ “¡“√∂ª√—∫‡©¥ ’‰¥â ”À√—∫√–∫∫ NTSC ‡∑à“π—Èπ
5
¿“æ
«à“ß
’
‡©¥ ’
§¡™—¥
‚∑π ’ :
¬°‡≈‘°
‡≈◊Õ° :
80
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé
√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ° ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé ®–™à«¬„Àâ∑à“πª√—∫µ—Èß‡ ’¬ß
·≈–ª√—∫√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ πÕ°®“°π’È∑à“π “¡“√∂
‡≈◊Õ°øíß‡ ’¬ß„π√–∫∫‡´Õ√å√“«¥å‰¥âÕ’°¥â«¬
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
PRO
G+
IN
TW
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
IN
P RO
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
DRC 1250
DRC -MF:
DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ : °”Àπ¥‡Õß 1
‚À¡¥¿“æ :
‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
ª√—∫¿“æ
Ad j us tmen t
3D -NR:
ªî¥
MENU
1
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ (¥Ÿ®“°µ“√“ß
¥â“π≈à“ß) ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
®∫:
°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ß:
‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß Ad j us tmen t
‡ ¡Õ°—π
00
ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ : ªî¥
‡´Õ√å√“«¥å:
ªî¥
√–∫∫≈”‚æß:
‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°
‡≈◊Õ° :
3
¬◊π¬—π :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ß :
‡µÁ¡√–¥—∫
ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß Ad j us¿“æ¬πµ√å
tmen t
‡ ¡Õ°—π
π‘Ë¡50
π«≈
ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ : ªî¥ ‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
‡´Õ√å√“«¥å:
ªî¥
√–∫∫≈”‚æß:
‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
ç‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ßé
‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ß∑’Ë‡À¡“– ¡
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡µÁ¡√–¥—∫é ç¿“æ¬πµ√åé çπ‘Ë¡π«≈é À√◊Õ ç‡≈◊Õ°
ª√—∫é* ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
* ‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é §à“ª√—∫µ—Èß‡ ’¬ß§√—ÈßÀ≈—ß ÿ¥®“°√“¬°“√ çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé ®–∂Ÿ°π”
¡“„™â (¥ŸÀπâ“ 79)
çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé
ª√—∫§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß‡ ’¬ß‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“√“¬°“√ ç‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ßé ‡ªìπ ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß
50
50
·À≈¡
BBE:
ªî¥
¬°‡≈‘°
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
¡’µàÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 77
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé (µàÕ)
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
ç‡ ¡Õ°—πé
ª√—∫√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß¢Õß≈”‚æß´â“¬·≈–¢«“„Àâ‡∑à“°—π
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ≈ßÀ√◊Õ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß≈”‚æß¥â“π´â“¬ ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ‰ª∑“ß
¢«“‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß≈”‚æß¥â“π¢«“ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é
ª√—∫√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß¢Õß√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå·≈–™àÕß —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“∑—ÈßÀ¡¥‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é „π°“√„™âß“π√–∫∫ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ ·≈â«
°¥ªÉÿ¡
À“°µâÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘° ‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
ç‡´Õ√å√“«¥åé
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫‡´Õ√å√“«¥å
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çTruSurroundé, çSimulatedé À√◊Õ çªî¥é ·≈â«
°¥ªÉÿ¡
ç√–∫∫≈”‚æßé
‡≈◊Õ°„π°√≥’∑’Ë∑à“π„™â≈”‚æß®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ≈”‚æß°≈“ß ”À√—∫‡§√◊ËÕß‡ ’¬ß
‚¥¬ª°µ‘·≈â«§«√‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ ’¬ßÀ≈—°é ‡¡◊ËÕµâÕß°“√„™â≈”‚æß®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ≈”‚æß
°≈“ß „Àâ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ ’¬ß°≈“ßé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
§”·π–π”
ë ¥ŸÀπâ“ 20 ·≈– 33 µ“¡≈”¥—∫ ”À√—∫√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¢ÕßÀ—«¢âÕ®“°√–∫∫ ç‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ßé ·≈– ç‡´Õ√å√“«¥åé
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
78
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
°“√ª√—∫·µàßÀ—«¢âÕ çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡¢â“ Ÿà√“¬°“√ çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé ‡¡◊ËÕ∑à“π‰¥â‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é ®“° ç‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ßé
·≈â«‡∑à“π—Èπ
1
· ¥ß√“¬°“√ ç°“√ª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé ∫π®Õ¿“æ ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é ®“° ç‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ßé
2
çª√—∫‡ ’¬ßé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
ª√—∫‡ ’¬ß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
IN
TW
50
50
·À≈¡
PRO
G+
BBE:
ªî¥
¬°‡≈‘°
TW
IN
P RO
G–
TW
IN
P RO
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
3
4
5
À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ (‡™àπ ç·À≈¡é)
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
G–
·À≈¡
50
ª√—∫·µàß§à“À√◊Õ‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√®“°µ“√“ß¥â“π≈à“ß ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
”À√—∫
ç·À≈¡é
≈ßÀ√◊Õ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ≈¥‡ ’¬ß·À≈¡ ·≈–‡≈◊ËÕπ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ‰ª∑“ß¢«“‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡‡ ’¬ß·À≈¡
çµË”é
≈ßÀ√◊Õ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ≈¥‡ ’¬ßµË” ·≈–‡≈◊ËÕπ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ‰ª∑“ß¢«“‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡‡ ’¬ßµË”
çBBEé
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç¡“°é çπâÕ¬é À√◊Õ çªî¥é
çBBEé “¡“√∂ √â“ß‡ ’¬ß„ ‰¥â
ç¬°‡≈‘°é
‡≈◊Õ° ç¬°‡≈‘°é ·≈–°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡æ◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“‡ ’¬ß°≈—∫‡ªìπ§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß¡“®“°‚√ßß“π
∑”¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 3 ·≈– 4 ´È”‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫À—«¢âÕÕ◊ËπÊ
§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß‰«â®–∂Ÿ°π”¡“„™â‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π‚À¡¥ çBBEé „π¢≥–∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÕ¬Ÿà„π√–∫∫≈”‚æß°≈“ß (¥ŸÀπâ“ 41)
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 79
°“√‡¢â“ Ÿà√“¬°“√ çMemory
Stické
VIDEO
CENTER SP
√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ° çMemory Stické ®–™à«¬„Àâ∑à“π‰¥â√—∫™¡
¿“æπ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë‡°Á∫‰«â„π çMemory Stické
IN
TW
A/B
V CENTER
PRO
G+
PROG
INDEX
„ à çMemory Stické „π™àÕß çMemory Stické ”À√—∫
√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‡°’Ë¬«°—∫°“√„™âß“π çMemory Stické ¥Ÿ‰¥â
®“°Àπâ“ 42 ∂÷ß 69
MEMORY STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
IN
P RO
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
°¥ªÿÉ¡ MENU
°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
DRC 1250
DRC -MF:
DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ : °”Àπ¥‡Õß1
‚À¡¥¿“æ :
‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫
ª√—∫¿“æ
Ad j us tmen t
3D -NR:
ªî¥
MENU
1
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
¬◊π¬—π :
Memor y S t i ck
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
√“¬°“√
Memory stick
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
3
µ√«® Õ∫„Àâ·πà„®«à“‡≈◊Õ°
çMemory Stické ·≈â«®÷ß°¥ªÿÉ¡
”À√—∫√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¢ÕßÀ—«¢âÕ®“°
√“¬°“√ çMemory Stické ¥Ÿ‰¥â®“°
Àπâ“ 47 ∂÷ß 69
®∫:
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
Memory Stick Home
¿“æ ‰≈¥å
Filter : Still
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡
G–
No :
¢π“¥ :
‰ø≈å :
«—π∑’Ë :
§”·π–π”
ë ∂â“‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√ çMemory Stické ®“°√–∫∫ ç· ¥ß Õß¿“æé (TWIN) À√◊Õ ç· ¥ß™àÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥é
(PROGRAM INDEX) √–∫∫¥—ß°≈à“«®–∂Ÿ°¬°‡≈‘°
80
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß çª√—∫®Õ
°«â“ßé
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
A/B
PRO
G+
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫®Õ°«â“ßé ®–™à«¬„Àâ∑à“π
‰¥â√—∫™¡¿“æ®“°®Õ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå„π
—¥ à«π 16:9
TW
IN
P RO
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
DRC -MF:
DRC 1250
DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ : °”Àπ¥‡Õß 1
‚À¡¥¿“æ :
‡≈◊◊Õ°ª√—∫
ª√—∫¿“æ
Ad j us tmen t
3D -NR:
ªî¥
MENU
1
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ (¥Ÿ®“°µ“√“ß
®∫:
ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
√–∫∫ 16:9 :
¢¬“¬¿“æ
‡≈◊Õ°®Õ°«â“ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘: ‡ªî¥
°”Àπ¥¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3: ¢¬“¬¿“æ
ª√—∫√–¥—∫¿“æ·π«µ—Èß : 00
¢π“¥¿“æ·π«µ—Èß :
00
‡≈◊Õ° :
3
¬◊π¬—π :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
√–∫∫ 16:9 :
¢¬“¬¿“æ
¥
‡≈◊Õ°®Õ°«â“ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘: ‡ªîª°µ‘
°”Àπ¥¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3 : ¢¬“¬¿“æ
‡µÁ¡®Õ
ª√—∫√–¥—∫¿“æ·π«µ—Èß : ¢¬“¬
00
¢π“¥¿“æ·π«µ—Èß :
00
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
ç√–∫∫ 16:9é
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß∑’ËµâÕß°“√‡æ◊ËÕ„Àâ‰¥â¿“æ‡µÁ¡®Õ¿“æ√–∫∫ 16:9
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç¢¬“¬¿“æé çª°µ‘é ç‡µÁ¡®Õé À√◊Õ ç¢¬“¬é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¥Ÿ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°“√„™â√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ßé ∑’ËÀπâ“ 24 ”À√—∫√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¢Õß·µà≈–√–∫∫
ç‡≈◊Õ°®Õ°«â“ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é
· ¥ß¿“æ„π√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß¢π“¥æÕ¥’‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é (§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß®“°‚√ßß“π) ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é À“°µâÕß°“√· ¥ß¿“æ∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„π√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß„π¢≥–π—Èπ
ç°”Àπ¥¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3é
· ¥ß¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3 ®“°√–∫∫ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé (§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß®“°‚√ßß“π) À√◊Õ çª°µ‘é
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç¢¬“¬¿“æé À√◊Õ çª°µ‘é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
¡’µàÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 81
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß çª√—∫®Õ°«â“ßé (µàÕ)
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
çª√—∫√–¥—∫¿“æ·π«µ—Èßé
ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¿“æ·π«µ—Èß„ÀâÕ¬Ÿà¿“¬„π®Õ¿“æ„π√–∫∫ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé À√◊Õ ç¢¬“¬é
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊ËÕπµ”·Àπàß¿“æ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
ç¢π“¥¿“æ·π«µ—Èßé
ª√—∫¢π“¥¿“æµ“¡·π«µ—Èß„ÀâÕ¬Ÿà¿“¬„π®Õ¿“æ„π√–∫∫ ç¢¬“¬¿“æé À√◊Õ ç¢¬“¬é
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷Èπ‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡¢π“¥¿“æµ“¡·π«µ—Èß À√◊Õ‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ≈¥¢π“¥¢Õß¿“æ ·≈â«°¥
ªÉÿ¡
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë ç°”Àπ¥¿“æ√–∫∫ 4:3é ®–‰¡à∑”ß“π‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ ç‡≈◊Õ°®Õ°«â“ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ‡ªìπ çªî¥é
ë À“°‰¥â√—∫ —≠≠“≥·∫∫ 720p À√◊Õ 1080i ¿“æ®–· ¥ß‡µÁ¡Àπâ“®Õ‡ ¡Õ
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
82
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
°“√„™âß“π√–∫∫ ç‡≈◊Õ°
· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æé ®“°
√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ°
VIDEO
PROG
INDEX
CENTER SP
A/B
PRO
G+
IN
TW
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æé ®–™à«¬„Àâ∑à“π
“¡“√„™âß“π¿“æ·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ (TWIN) À√◊Õ„™â
ß“π√–∫∫°“√· ¥ß™àÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥ (PROGRAM INDEX)
MEMORY STICK
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
P RO
IN
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
DRC -MF:
DRC 1250
DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ : °”Àπ¥‡Õß 1
‚À¡¥¿“æ :
‡≈◊◊Õ°ª√—∫
ª√—∫¿“æ
Ad j us tmen t
3D -NR:
ªî¥
MENU
1
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
3
À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ (¥Ÿ®“°µ“√“ß
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
‡≈◊Õ°· ¥ßÀ≈“¬¿“æ
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
‡ªî¥
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
· ¥ß Õß¿“æ:
≈—∫¿“æ
®∫:
G–
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
ç· ¥ß Õß¿“æé
· ¥ß√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πåÕ’°√“¬°“√∑’Ë¥â“π¢â“ß¢Õß®Õ¿“æÀ≈—°
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
À“°µâÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘° °¥ªÿÉ¡ À√◊Õ‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
ç ≈—∫¿“æé
≈—∫¿“æ®“°®Õ¿“æ¥â“π´â“¬·≈–¥â“π¢«“„π®Õ¿“æ·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ (TWIN)
ç· ¥ß™àÕß∑—ÈßÀ¡¥é
√—∫™¡¿“æ®“°À≈“¬√“¬°“√„πÀπâ“®Õ¬àÕ¬
À“°µâÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘° °¥ªÿÉ¡ PROG INDEX
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 83
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß
ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é
VIDEO
CENTER SP
√“¬°“√‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é ®–™à«¬„Àâ∑à“πª√—∫§à“
ª√—∫µ—Èß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå µ—«Õ¬à“ß‡™àπ ∑à“π “¡“√∂
‡ª≈’Ë¬π¿“…“· ¥ß√“¬°“√ À√◊Õµ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√ ‡ªìπµâπ
MEMORY STICK
IN
TW
A/B
PRO
G+
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
TW
IN
P RO
MENU
G–
HD/DVD
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
ªÉ¡ÿ µ—«‡≈¢
°“√ª√—∫¿“æ
DRC -MF:
DRC 1250
DRC ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫ : °”Àπ¥‡Õß 1
‚À¡¥¿“æ :
‡≈◊◊Õ°ª√—∫
ª√—∫¿“æ
Ad j us tmen t
3D -NR:
ªî¥
MENU
1
1
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
3
84
À—«¢âÕ∑’ËµâÕß°“√ (¥Ÿ®“°µ“√“ß
¬◊π¬—π :
‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
¿“…“/Language:
ª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’
√–∫∫‡°¡ å :
µ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß«’¥’‚Õ
√–∫∫ ’ :
ª√–À¬—¥‰ø :
‡≈◊Õ° :
‰∑¬
ªî¥
ªî¥
¬◊π¬—π :
G–
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
ç¿“…“/Languageé
‡ª≈’Ë¬π¿“…“· ¥ß√“¬°“√
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çEnglishé À√◊Õ ç‰∑¬é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
®∫:
®∫:
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
çµ”·Àπàß¿“æé
ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¢Õß¿“æ „π°√≥’∑’Ë‰¡àÕ¬Ÿà„π·π«‡¥’¬«°—∫®Õ‚∑√∑—»πå
√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æ
√–π“∫·π«µ—Èß V- Pos i t i on
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
¥Ÿ√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°“√ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß°“√«“ß¿“æé ∑’ËÀπâ“ 87
çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«é’
µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√
ª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’
ª√—∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
√–∫∫∑’«:’
≈ÁÕ°™àÕß
‡≈◊Õ° :
B/G
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°°“√µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡ÕßÀ√◊Õ·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
¥Ÿ√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°“√µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé ∑’ËÀπâ“ 88
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π√–∫∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‚¥¬‡≈◊Õ° ç√–∫∫∑’«’é
”À√—∫√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‡√◊ËÕß çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕßé ·≈– ç≈ÁÕ°™àÕßé ¥Ÿ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß√“¬°“√é
∑’ËÀπâ“ 92 ·≈–À—«¢âÕ ç°“√≈ÁÕ°™àÕß√“¬°“√é ∑’ËÀπâ“ 93 µ“¡≈”¥—∫
πÕ°®“°π’È ∑à“π¬—ß “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π≈”¥—∫™àÕß√“¬°“√µ“¡µâÕß°“√‰¥â
¥Ÿ√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π≈”¥—∫™àÕß√“¬°“√é ∑’ËÀπâ“ 90
ç√–∫∫‡°¡ åé
ª√—∫·µàß°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß¿“æ∑’Ë‡À¡“–„π°“√√—∫™¡«‘¥’‚Õ‡°¡ å
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
À“°µâÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘° ‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß«‘¥’‚Õé
µ—Èß™◊ËÕÕÿª°√≥åÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡ √‘¡
µ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß«‘‘¥’‚Õ
«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“:
™◊ËÕ :
‡≈◊Õ° :
«‘¥’‚Õ 1
«‘¥’‚Õ 1
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
¥Ÿ√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕÕÿª°√≥åÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡ √‘¡é ∑’ËÀπâ“ 94
ç√–∫∫ ’é
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ ’ ‚¥¬ª°µ‘®–µ—Èß§à“‡ªìπ çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é
∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ ’ ”À√—∫·µà≈–™àÕß∑’«’À√◊Õ™àÕß —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“·µà≈–™àÕß‰¥â
çª√–À¬—¥‰øé
≈¥√–¥—∫°“√„™âæ≈—ßß“π¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡æ◊ËÕª√–À¬—¥‰ø
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
À“°µâÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘° ‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
¡’µàÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 85
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é (µàÕ)
‡≈◊Õ°
‡æ◊ÕË
ç™àÕß S «‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“é
‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ —≠≠“≥ S video ‡¢â“
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é „π°“√√—∫ —≠≠“≥ S video ·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
‡¡◊ËÕ¡’°“√ àß —≠≠“≥ºà“π™àÕß
( —≠≠“≥ S video ‡¢â“) ·≈–™àÕß ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ
‡¢â“) ∑’Ë™àÕß —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“‡¥’¬«°—π ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
À“°µâÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘° „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë À“°‡ªî¥√–∫∫ çª√–À¬—¥‰øé —≠≈—°…≥å ECO MODE ( ) ®–ª√“°Ø∑’Ë¡ÿ¡≈à“ß¢«“¢Õß®Õ¿“æ‡¡◊ËÕ
‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåÀ√◊Õ‡¡◊ËÕ°¥ªÉÿ¡ ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
ë ç√–∫∫‡°¡ åé ®–„™â‰¥â°ÁµàÕ‡¡◊ËÕ‰¥â√—∫ —≠≠“≥ºà“π™àÕß t ( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“) ™àÕß
( —≠≠“≥
S video ‡¢â“) À√◊Õ™àÕß
( —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå‡¢â“)
ë ç√–∫∫‡°¡ åé ®–‰¡à∑”ß“π‡¡◊ËÕ¡’°“√√—∫ —≠≠“≥§«“¡§¡™—¥¿“æ Ÿß (HD) À√◊Õ Progressive
ë °“√‡≈◊Õ° ç¿“…“/Languageé ®–‰¡à∑”ß“π¢≥–∑’Ë„™âß“πµ—«Õà“π çMemory Stické
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
86
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
°“√ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß°“√«“ß¿“æ
¿“æ∫π®ÕÕ“®‰¡àÕ¬Ÿà„π·π«‡¥’¬«°—∫®Õ¿“æ‡π◊ËÕß®“°Õ‘∑∏‘æ≈¢Õß π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°‚≈° ∑à“π “¡“√∂ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¢Õß¿“æ
À“°¿“æ‰¡àÕ¬Ÿà„π·π«‡¥’¬«°—∫®Õ¿“æ
1
2
À≈—ß®“°‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√ çµ”·Àπàß
¿“æé ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ
‡≈◊Õ° ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æ
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
‰ª∑“ß´â“¬À√◊Õ¢«“‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫§«“¡‡Õ’¬ß¢Õß¿“æ
ª√—∫®π°√–∑—Ëß¢Õ∫¥â“π∫π·≈–¥â“π≈à“ß¢Õß®Õ¿“æÕ¬Ÿà„π·π«√–¥—∫ ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
3
4
ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
√–π“∫·π«µ—
V- Pos
Èß i t i on
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¿“æ
ª√—∫‡æ◊ËÕ„Àâ√–¬–Àà“ß√–À«à“ß¢Õ∫¥â“π∫π°—∫¥â“π∫π¢Õß®Õ¿“æ·≈–√–¬–Àà“ß√–À«à“ß¢Õ∫¥â“π≈à“ß°—∫¥â“π≈à“ß¢Õß
®Õ¿“æ‡∑à“°—π ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë À“°µ‘¥µ—Èß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πÏ„πÕ’° ∂“π∑’ËÀπ÷Ëß §«√ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß°“√«“ß¿“æ„À¡àÕ’°§√—Èß
ë °àÕπ°“√ª√—∫ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈– ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé §«√‡≈◊ËÕπ≈”‚æßµ—«πÕ°À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥å‰øøÑ“
™π‘¥Õ◊ËπÕÕ°Àà“ß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ‡π◊ËÕß®“°°“√√∫°«π¢Õß π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°®“°Õÿª°√≥å‡À≈à“π’È√«¡∑—Èß
∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°¢Õß‚≈°Õ“® àßº≈µàÕ°“√ª√—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
ë ¢≥–ª√—∫§à“ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé §«√ª√—∫§à“µ“¡≈”¥—∫ ∂â“À¡ÿπ√–π“∫§√—Èß≈–¡“°Ê Õ“®∑”„Àâ‡°‘¥°“√
‡æ’È¬π¢Õß ’¿“æ‰¥â
ë À“°∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂ª√—∫§à“ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈– ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé ‰¥â ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ·≈â«
‡ª≈’Ë¬π∑’Ëµ—ÈßÀ√◊Õ∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ∑¥≈Õßª√—∫§à“Õ’°§√—Èß®“°√“¬°“√ ‰¡à§«√‡§≈◊ËÕπ¬â“¬
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå„π¢≥–∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß‡ªî¥Õ¬Ÿà ¡‘©–π—ÈπÕ“®∑”„Àâ‡°‘¥·ºàπ ’‡ªìπÀ¬àÕ¡Ê ∫π®Õ¿“æ „π°√≥’
¥—ß°≈à“« „Àâ°¥ªÿÉ¡ ! ‡æ◊ËÕª‘¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡ªìπ‡«≈“ª√–¡“≥ 15 π“∑’ ·≈â«®÷ß‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß„À¡à‡æ◊ËÕ
≈“¬ π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
ë ∑à“π‰¡à “¡“√∂ª√—∫ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈– ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé ‡¡◊ËÕ àß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“ HD Signal À√◊Õ
‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ çMemory Stické
¡’µàÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 87
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é (µàÕ)
°“√µ—Èß™ËÕß√“¬°“√·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
1
À≈—ß®“°‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’é ‡≈◊ËÕπ
ªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫
·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé ·≈È«°¥ªÿÉ¡
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
¢â“¡™àÕß :
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
‡≈◊Õ°À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√µ—Èß
™àÕß
(1) µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥â‡≈◊Õ° ç™àÕßé ·≈â«
°¥ªÿÉ¡
(2) ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß®π°«à“
À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√µ—Èß (‡™àπ
À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√ ç10é) ª√“°Ø
∫π√“¬°“√ ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
09
B/G
ªî¥
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
PRO
G+
IN
TW
TW
P RO
IN
G–
TW
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«:’
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
PRO
G+
IN
TW
P RO
IN
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
09
B/G
ªî¥
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
10
B/G
ªî¥
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
§”·π–π”
ë ∑à“π “¡“√∂‡≈◊Õ°À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√¥â«¬ªÿÉ¡ PROG +/› À√◊ÕªÿÉ¡À¡“¬‡≈¢
3
‡≈◊Õ°™àÕß∑’ËµâÕß°“√
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°
çVHF ≈à“ßé çVHF ∫πé À√◊Õ
çUHFé ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
¿“æ®“°™àÕß√“¬°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√
ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
4
À“°‡ ’¬ß®“°™àÕß∑’ËµâÕß°“√º‘¥ª°µ‘
≈Õß‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå∑’Ë
‡À¡“– ¡
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
88
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
10
B/G
ªî¥
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
10
B/G
ªî¥
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ
‡≈◊Õ° ç√–∫∫∑’«’é ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
‡ ’¬ß®–°≈—∫¡“‡ªÁπª°µ‘ ·≈â«°¥
ªÿÉ¡
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’ :
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
10
B/G
I
D/ µK‘
Õ—µ‚π¡—
ªî¥ M
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
10
I
ªî¥
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
5
À“°§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æ·≈–‡ ’¬ß‰¡à‡ªìπ∑’Ë
æÕ„® ∑à“π “¡“√∂ª√—∫§ÿ≥ ¡∫—µ‘‡À≈à“π’È
‰¥â‚¥¬„™â°“√ª√—∫·∫∫ çª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥é
‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥é ·≈â«°¥
ªÿÉ¡
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥ :
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
‡≈◊Õ° ç·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
¢÷Èπ ≈ß ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬
À√◊Õ¢«“ ®π°«à“§ÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß¿“æ
·≈–‡ ’¬ßÕ¬Ÿà„π√–¥—∫∑’Ë§ÿ≥æÕ„®
—≠≈—°…≥å +
À√◊Õ › ∫π√“¬°“√∑’Ë®Õ¿“æ®–
°–æ√‘∫„π√–À«à“ß°“√ª√—∫§à“
6
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥ :
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
10
I
ªî¥ ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß – +
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
10
I
·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
ªî¥
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
§«“¡‰«é ·≈â«°¥
ªî¥ ·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß – +
¡“°
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
À“° —≠≠“≥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå¡’
°”≈—ß àß·√ß‡°‘π‰ª·≈–¿“æ‡°‘¥‡æ’È¬π
∑à“π “¡“√∂ª√—∫§à“§«“¡‰«„π°“√
√—∫ —≠≠“≥¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‰¥â
‡≈◊Õ° ç
ªÿÉ¡
10
I
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
G–
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
10
I
·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
ªî¥
¡“°
πâÕ¬
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
‡≈◊Õ° çπâÕ¬é ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«:’
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
10
I
·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
ªî¥
πâÕ¬
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë §à“ª√—∫µ—Èß¢Õß√–∫∫‚∑√∑—»πå (ç√–∫∫∑’«’é) ·≈–§«“¡‰«„π°“√√—∫ —≠≠“≥¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
(ç §«“¡‰«é) ®–∂Ÿ°∫—π∑÷°‰«â∑’ËÀ¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√·µà≈–À¡“¬‡≈¢
ë À“°¡’™àÕß√“¬°“√∂Ÿ°≈ÁÕ° (¥ŸÀπâ“ 93) ¢≥–∑’Ë∑à“π°”≈—ßµ—Èß√–∫∫ çVHF ≈à“ßé ·≈– çª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥é
™àÕß¥—ß°≈à“«®–∂Ÿ°ª≈¥≈ÁÕ°‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
¡’µàÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 89
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é (µàÕ)
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π≈”¥—∫™àÕß√“¬°“√ (ç·°â‰¢™àÕßé)
À≈—ß°“√µ—Èß§à“ çª√—∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é À√◊Õ çª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé ∑à“π “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë¬π™àÕß∑’Ëµ—Èßµ“¡
À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√‰¥âµ“¡µâÕß°“√
1
2
À≈—ß®“°‡≈◊Õ° ç·°â‰¢™àÕßé ®“°
√“¬°“√ çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’é ·≈â«
µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥â‡≈◊Õ° ç™àÕßé ·≈â«°¥
ªÉÿ¡
À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√µ—Èß™àÕß
Õ◊Ëπ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß :
·°â‰¢
09
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
ç·°â‰¢é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß :
·°â‰¢
5
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß®π°«à“√“¬
°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡ ‡æ◊ËÕ¬◊π¬—π°“√‡≈◊Õ°
™àÕß√“¬°“√π—πÈ
®∫:
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß :
·°â‰¢
10
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß :
·°â‰¢
10
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
À“°µâÕß°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π™àÕß∑’Ëµ—Èß™◊ËÕ·≈â«‰ª‡ªìπÀ¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√Õ◊Ëπ ‡≈◊Õ° ç™àÕßé ·≈â«∑”¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 4 ´È”
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
90
¬◊π¬—π :
10
‡≈◊Õ° :
4
®∫:
IN
TW
‡≈◊Õ° :
3
¬◊π¬—π :
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
°“√°√–‚¥¥¢È“¡™ËÕß√“¬°“√∑’Ë‰¡ËµÈÕß°“√À√◊Õ‰¡Ë‰¥È„™È (ç¢â“¡™àÕßé)
À≈—ß®“°°“√µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘ ∑à“π “¡“√∂≈∫™àÕß∑’Ë‰¡àµâÕß°“√À√◊Õ‰¡à„™âß“π‰¥â
1
2
3
À≈—ß®“°°“√‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°
‡Õßé ®“°√“¬°“√ çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’é
µâÕß·πà„®«à“‰¥â‡≈◊Õ° ç™àÕßé ·≈â«
°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß®π°«à“
À¡“¬‡≈¢™àÕß√“¬°“√∑’Ë‰¡àµâÕß°“√
À√◊Õ‰¡à‰¥â„™âª√“°Ø¢÷Èπ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
ç¢â“¡™àÕßé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«:’
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«:’
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
ç‡ªî¥é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
06
B/ G
·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
ªî¥
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«’:
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
06
B/G
·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
‡ªî¥
¡“°ªî¥
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
G–
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
G–
™àÕß :
√–∫∫∑’«:’
VHF ≈à“ß
ª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥:
§«“¡‰« :
‡≈◊Õ° :
5
·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
ªî¥
¡“°
ª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
IN
TW
‡≈◊Õ° :
4
09
B/G
06
B/G
·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õß
‡ªî¥
¡“°
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
À“°µÈÕß°“√¬°‡≈‘°™àÕß√“¬°“√Õ◊ËπÊ „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° ç™àÕßé ·≈â«∑”¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 2 ∂÷ß 4 ´È”Õ’°§√—Èß
°“√‡√’¬°§◊π™àÕß√“¬°“√
‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é „π¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 4
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
¡’µàÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 91
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é (µàÕ)
°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß√“¬°“√ (çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕßé)
∑à“π “¡“√∂µ—Èß™◊ËÕ (‡™àπ ™◊ËÕ ∂“π’) ™àÕß√“¬°“√·µà≈–™àÕß‰¥â∂÷ß 5 µ—«Õ—°…√
1
À≈—ß®“°‡≈◊Õ° çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕßé ®“°
√“¬°“√ çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’é µâÕß·πà„®
«à“‰¥â‡≈◊Õ° ç™àÕßé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß :
™◊ËÕ :
09
_____
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
™àÕß√“¬°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ ·≈â«
°¥ªÉÿ¡
ç™◊ËÕé ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß :
™◊ËÕ :
À“°µâÕß°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬πµ—«Õ—°…√∑’Ë¬◊π¬—π
·≈â« ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡
‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ≈“°
’§√Õ∫µ—«Õ—°…√π—Èπ ·≈â«‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡
¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°µ—«Õ—°…√µ—«„À¡à
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß :
™◊ËÕ :
10
_____
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
™àÕß :
™◊ËÕ :
‡≈◊Õ° :
À“°µâÕß°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß√“¬°“√Õ◊Ëπ ‡≈◊Õ° ç™àÕßé ®“°π—Èπ∑”¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 5 ´È”
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
10
A____
G–
∑”¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 4 ´È”‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡µ—«Õ—°…√„Àâ∂÷ß 5 µ—«„π°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ
92
®∫:
G–
‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ≈“°·∂∫ºà“πµ—«Õ—°…√∑’Ë„™â„π°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ (A ∂÷ß Z À√◊Õ 0 ∂÷ß 9 ‡ªìπµâπ) ·≈â«
°¥ªÿÉ¡ ‡æ◊ËÕ¬◊π¬—πµ—«Õ—°…√∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°‰«â
À“°µâÕß°“√‡«âπ∑’Ë«à“ß „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° ç_é
·≈â«‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡
‰ª∑“ß¢«“
5
6
¬◊π¬—π :
10
_____
‡≈◊Õ° :
4
®∫:
IN
TW
‡≈◊Õ° :
3
¬◊π¬—π :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
°“√≈ÁÕ°™àÕß√“¬°“√ (ç≈ÁÕ°™àÕßé)
1
À≈—ß®“°‡≈◊Õ° ç≈ÁÕ°™àÕßé ®“°
√“¬°“√ çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’é µâÕß·πà„®
«à“‰¥â‡≈◊Õ° ç™àÕßé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
≈ÁÕ°™àÕß
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
G–
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
™àÕß :
≈ÁÕ°:
09
ªî¥
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
™àÕß√“¬°“√∑’ËµâÕß°“√ (‡™àπ ™àÕß
06) ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
ç≈ÁÕ°é ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
G–
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
™àÕß :
≈ÁÕ°:
®∫:
ªî¥
G–
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
G–
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
™àÕß :
≈ÁÕ° :
06
‡ªî¥
ªî¥
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷Èπ À√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ ‡≈◊Õ°
ç‡ªî¥é ·≈È«°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡≈◊Õ° çªî¥é À“°µâÕß°“√ª≈¥≈ÁÕ°
™àÕß√“¬°“√¥—ß°≈à“«
¬◊π¬—π :
06
≈ÁÕ°™àÕß
IN
TW
TW
4
®∫:
≈ÁÕ°™àÕß
IN
TW
‡≈◊Õ° :
3
¬◊π¬—π :
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
≈ÁÕ°™àÕß
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
G–
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
™àÕß :
≈ÁÕ°:
06
‡ªî¥
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
—≠≈—°…≥å°“√≈ÁÕ° ( ) ®–ª√“°Ø
∫π®Õ¿“æ‡¡◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ° ç‡ªî¥é
6
∂â“‡≈◊Õ°™àÕß√“¬°“√∑’Ë≈ÁÕ° —≠≈—°…≥å
≈ÁÕ°®–ª√“°Ø∫π®Õ¿“æ
5
À“°µâÕß°“√≈ÁÕ°™àÕß√“¬°“√Õ◊ËπÊ ‡≈◊Õ° ç™àÕßé ·≈â«∑”¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 2 ∂÷ß 4 ´È”
°¥ªÉÿ¡ MENU
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ
ë À“°™àÕß√“¬°“√∑’Ë§ÿ≥°”≈—ßª√—∫µ—Èß‡ªìπ™àÕß∑’Ë∂Ÿ°≈ÁÕ° (¥ŸÀπâ“ 88) ™àÕß¥—ß°≈à“«®–∂Ÿ°ª≈¥≈ÁÕ°‚¥¬
¡’µàÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 93
°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é (µàÕ)
°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕÕÿª°√≥åÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ‡ √‘¡ (çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß«‘¥’‚Õé)
∑à“π “¡“√∂µ—Èß™◊ËÕ∑’Ë¡’§”π”Àπâ“ (‡™àπ ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚ÕÀ√◊Õ¥“«‡∑’¬¡ ‡ªìπµâπ) À√◊Õ™◊ËÕ∑’Ë∑à“π™◊Ëπ
™Õ∫·°àÕÿª°√≥åÕÕ¥‘‚Õ/‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ∑’ËµàÕ°—∫™àÕß —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ∑’Ë¡’§”π”Àπâ“
1
À≈—ß®“°‡≈◊Õ° çµ—Èß™◊ËÕ™àÕß«‘¥’‚Õé µâÕß
·πà„®«à“‰¥â‡≈◊Õ° ç«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“é ·≈â«
°¥ªÉÿ¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“:
™◊ËÕ :
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
2
™àÕß«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“∑’ËµàÕ°—∫Õÿª°√≥å∑’Ë
∑à“πµâÕß°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
ç™◊ËÕé ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“:
™◊ËÕ :
¥Ÿ√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∑’ËÀπâ“ 95 À“°µâÕß°“√
µ—Èß™◊ËÕ∑’Ë∑à“π™◊ËÕ™Õ∫
5
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
G–
IN
TW
TW
IN
PRO
G+
P RO
«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“:
™◊ËÕ:
G–
°¥ªÿÉ¡ MENU
94
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU)
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
«‘¥’‚Õ 1
«‘¥’‚Õ 1
‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ
¥“«‡∑’¬¡
‡°¡ å
·°â‰¢ [ _ _ _ _ _ ]
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
G–
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
IN
«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“:
™◊ËÕ :
«‘¥’‚Õ 1
‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
À“°µâÕß°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕÕÿª°√≥åÕ◊Ëπ ‡≈◊Õ° ç«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“é ·≈â«∑”¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 2 ∂÷ß 4 ´È”
«‘¥’‚Õ 1
«‘¥’‚Õ 1
G–
‡≈◊Õ° :
™◊ËÕ∑’Ë¡’§”π”Àπâ“ 1 ™◊ËÕ ·≈â«°¥ªÿÉ¡
®∫:
IN
TW
TW
4
¬◊π¬—π :
IN
TW
‡≈◊Õ° :
3
1
2
3
4
HD/ DVD 1
HD/ DVD 2
«‘¥’‚Õ
«‘¥’‚Õ 1 «‘¥’‚Õ
«‘¥’‚Õ
«‘¥’‚Õ
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ∑’Ë™◊Ëπ™Õ∫
1
2
∑”µ“¡¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 1 ∂÷ß 3 Àπâ“ 94 ·≈–‡≈◊Õ° ç·°â‰¢é „π¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 4 ·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡
‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ≈“°·∂∫ºà“πµ—«Õ—°…√™◊ËÕ (A ∂÷ß Z À√◊Õ 0 ∂÷ß 9 ‡ªìπµâπ)
·≈â«°¥ªÉÿ¡ ‡æ◊ËÕ¬◊π¬—πµ—«Õ—°…√∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°
«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“:
™◊ËÕ:
‡≈◊Õ° :
«‘¥’‚Õ 1
«‘¥’‚Õ 1
‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ
¥“«‡∑’¬¡
‡°¡ å
·°â ‰¢ [ V_ _ _ _ ]
¬◊π¬—π :
®∫:
À“°µâÕß°“√‡«âπ∑’Ë«à“ß „Àâ‡≈◊Õ° ç_é ·≈â«‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ‰ª∑“ß¢«“
À“°µâÕß°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬πµ—«Õ—°…√∑’Ë¬◊π¬—π·≈â« ‡≈◊ËÕπªÿÉ¡ ‰ª∑“ß´â“¬‡æ◊ËÕ≈“° ’§√Õ∫µ—«Õ—°…√
π—Èπ ·≈â«‡≈◊ËÕπªÉÿ¡ ¢÷ÈπÀ√◊Õ≈ß‡æ◊ËÕ‡≈◊Õ°µ—«Õ—°…√µ—«„À¡à
3 ∑”´È”¢—ÈπµÕπ∑’Ë 2 ‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡µ—«Õ—°…√„Àâ∂÷ß 5 µ—«„π°“√µ—Èß™◊ËÕ
°“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√“¬°“√ (MENU) 95
°“√·°â‰¢ªí≠À“
À“°æ∫ªí≠À“„¥Ê ¢≥–√—∫™¡√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå ‚ª√¥µ√«® Õ∫§”·π–π”„π°“√·°â‰¢ªí≠À“µàÕ‰ªπ’È À“°ªí≠À“¬—ßª√“°Ø
‚ª√¥µ‘¥µàÕµ—«·∑π®”Àπà“¬¢Õß‚´π’Ë
Õ“°“√
¿“æ‰¡à™—¥
¡’‡ ’¬ß√∫°«π
¿“æ‡æ’¬È π
“‡Àµÿ∑’Ë‡ªìπ‰ª‰¥â
ë °“√µàÕ “¬‰¡à·πàπÀ√◊Õ “¬
™”√ÿ¥
ë µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√‰¡à∂Ÿ°µâÕß
À√◊Õ‰¡à ¡∫Ÿ√≥å
ë ™π‘¥¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»‰¡à
‡À¡“– ¡
ë ∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»‰¡à
∂Ÿ°µâÕß
ë °“√ àß —≠≠“≥µË”
ë —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°Õ“°“»¡’
°”≈—ß·√ß‡°‘π‰ª
«‘∏’·°â‰¢ª—≠À“
Àπâ“
ë µ√«® Õ∫ “¬Õ“°“» ·≈–°“√µàÕ “¬∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ ·≈–∑’ËΩ“ºπ—ß
ë ‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’é ®“°√“¬°“√
ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé ‡æ◊ËÕ
µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√Õ’°§√—Èß
ë µ√«® Õ∫™π‘¥¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“» (VHF/UHF) µ‘¥µàÕ¢Õ
§”·π–π”‰¥â®“°µ—«·∑π®”Àπà“¬¢Õß‚´π’Ë
ë ª√—∫∑‘»∑“ß‡ “Õ“°“»„À¡à µ‘¥µàÕ¢Õ§”·π–π”‰¥â®“°
µ—«·∑π®”Àπà“¬¢Õß‚´π’Ë
ë ∑¥≈Õß„™âÕÿª°√≥å¢¬“¬ —≠≠“≥ (booster)
ë ‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’é ®“°√“¬°“√
ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°‡Õßé
·≈â«®÷ß‡≈◊Õ° ç §«“¡‰«: πâÕ¬é
ë ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕßÀ√◊Õ∂Õ¥Õÿª°√≥å¢¬“¬ —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°À“°¬—ß„™â
ß“πÕ¬Ÿà
7
88
›
›
›
89
›
¡’‡ ’¬ß√∫°«π
¿“æ™—¥‡®π
ë °“√µ—Èß§à“√–∫∫∑’«’‰¡à
‡À¡“– ¡
¡’‡ ’¬ß√∫°«π
‰¡à¡¿’ “æ
ë ‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ß®“°¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
¢≥–∑’Ë„™âß“π·∫∫· ¥ß
Õß¿“æ (TWIN)
ë ‰¡à‰¥âµàÕ “¬‰ø “¬Õ“°“»
À√◊Õ “¬«‘¥’‚Õ
ë ‰¡à‰¥â‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
‰¡à¡’‡ ’¬ß
96
ë À“°‡ ’¬ß®“°™àÕß√“¬°“√∑ÿ°™àÕß¡’ —≠≠“≥√∫°«π ‡≈◊Õ°
À—«¢âÕ çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’é ®“°√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é
·≈â«‡≈◊Õ° çª√—∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ‡æ◊ËÕµ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√Õ’°§√—Èß
ë À“°‡ ’¬ß®“°™àÕß√“¬°“√∫“ß™àÕß¡’ —≠≠“≥√∫°«π
‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ çª√—∫™àÕß∑’«’é ®“°√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°
‚ª√·°√¡é ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå (ç√–∫∫
∑’«’é) ∑’Ë‡À¡“– ¡
ë °¥ªÿÉ¡ À√◊Õ
85
ë µ√«® Õ∫¢—È«µàÕ “¬‰ø “¬Õ“°“» À√◊Õ “¬µàÕ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß
‡≈àπ«‘¥‚’ Õ
7
ë °¥ªÿÉ¡ I/1 ∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
ë °¥ªÿ¡É ! ∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ‡æ◊ËÕªî¥‡§√◊ËÕßª√–¡“≥
5 «‘π“∑’ ·≈â«‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕßÕ’°§√—Èß
17
18
88
29
Õ“°“√
¿“æ™—¥‡®π
«‘∏’·°â‰¢ª—≠À“
Àπâ“
ë √–¥—∫‡ ’¬ßµË”‡°‘π‰ª
ë °¥ªÿÉ¡ 2 + ‡æ◊ËÕ‡æ‘Ë¡√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß
18
ë ªî¥‡ ’¬ß (mute)
ë °¥ªÿÉ¡ % ‡æ◊ËÕ¬°‡≈‘°°“√ªî¥‡ ’¬ß (mute)
18
ë ‡°‘¥ª—≠À“„π°“√ àß —≠≠“≥
ÕÕ°Õ“°“»
ë °¥ªÿÉ¡ A/B ®π°«à“®–‰¥â¬‘π‡ ’¬ß¥’¢÷Èπ
34
ë ‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ß®“°¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
¢≥–∑’Ë„™âß“π·∫∫· ¥ß Õß
¿“æ (TWIN)
ë °¥ªÿÉ¡
29
‰¡à¡’‡ ’¬ß
ë Õ¬à“„™â‡§√◊ËÕß‡ªÉ“º¡À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥åÕ◊ËπÊ „°≈â‡§√◊ËÕß
√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
›
ë ª√—∫∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»‡æ◊ËÕ„Àâ‡°‘¥°“√√∫°«π
πâÕ¬∑’Ë ÿ¥ µ‘¥µàÕ¢Õ§”·π–π”‰¥â®“°µ—«·∑π®”Àπà“¬
¢Õß‚´π’Ë
›
ë ‡°‘¥°“√ –∑âÕπ —≠≠“≥¿“æ®“° ë „™â‡ “Õ“°“»·∫∫√—∫‰¥âÀ≈“¬∑‘»∑“ß
¿Ÿ‡¢“À√◊Õµ÷°√“¡∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„°≈âÊ
ë „™âøßí °å™—Ëπª√—∫¿“æ·∫∫≈–‡Õ’¬¥ (çª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥é)
›
¡’®¥ÿ À√◊Õ·∂∫∫π¿“æ ë ¡’°“√√∫°«π®“° —≠≠“≥
Õ◊ËπÊ ‡™àπ √∂¬πµå À≈Õ¥‰ø
π’ÕÕπ ‡§√◊ËÕß‡ªÉ“º¡ À√◊Õ
‡§√◊ËÕßªíòπ‰ø
¿“æ‡ªìπ‡ß“´âÕπ
‰¡à¡’ ’
89
ë °“√µ—Èß∑‘»∑“ß‡ “Õ“°“»‰¡à
‡À¡“– ¡
ë ª√—∫∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»„À¡à µ‘¥µàÕ¢Õ§”·π–π”
‰¥â®“°µ—«·∑π®”Àπà“¬¢Õß‚´π’Ë
›
ë °“√„™ÈÕÿª°√≥å¢¬“¬ —≠≠“≥
‰¡Ë‡À¡“– ¡
ë ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕßÀ√◊Õ∂Õ¥Õÿª°√≥å¢¬“¬ —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°À“°
¬—ß„™âß“πÕ¬Ÿà
›
ë °“√ª√—∫µ—Èß√–¥—∫ ’µË”‡°‘π‰ª
ë „™â√“¬°“√ ç°“√ª√—∫¿“æé ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ° ç‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫é
®“° ç‚À¡¥¿“æé ·≈â«ª√—∫√–¥—∫ ç ’é ®“°À—«¢âÕ
76
ë °“√µ—Èß§à“√–∫∫ ’‰¡à‡À¡“– ¡
ë „™â√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡é ·≈–µ√«® Õ∫°“√µ—Èß
§à“√–∫∫ ’ (ç√–∫∫ ’é)
85
ë °“√µ—Èß∑‘»∑“ß‡ “Õ“°“»‰¡à
‡À¡“– ¡
ë ª√—∫∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»„À¡à µ‘¥µàÕ¢Õ§”·π–π”
‰¥â®“°µ—«·∑π®”Àπà“¬¢Õß‚´π’Ë
›
ë ·√ß·¡à‡À≈Á°‰øøÑ“®“°≈”‚æß
µ—«πÕ°À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥åÕ◊ËπÊ
À√◊Õ∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°
‚≈°Õ“® àßº≈µàÕ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå
ë «“ß≈”‚æßµ—«πÕ°À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥å‰øøÑ“Õ◊ËπÊ „ÀâÀà“ß
®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
ë ‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ çµ”·Àπàß¿“æé ®“°√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°
‚ª√·°√¡é ·≈â«ª√—∫ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈–
ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé ‡æ◊ËÕ„Àâ¿“ææÕ¥’°—∫®Õ‚∑√∑—»πå
›
87
¡’µàÕ
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ 97
¿“æ‰¡àæÕ¥’°∫—
®Õ¿“æ
À√◊Õ
°“√·°â‰¢ªí≠À“ (µàÕ)
Õ“°“√
9
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå√—∫ ë °“√µ—Èß§à“√—∫ —≠≠“≥√–∫∫
—≠≠“≥√–∫∫ ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ‰¡à‡À¡“– ¡
‰¡à‰¥â
ë ‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ß®“°¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
¢≥–∑’Ë„™âß“π·∫∫· ¥ß Õß
¿“æ (TWIN)
ë °¥ªÿÉ¡ A/B ®π°«à“¢âÕ§«“¡ çÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ª√“°Ø
∫π®Õ¿“æ
35
ë °¥ªÿÉ¡
29
‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ¢“¥À“¬ ë °“√µàÕ “¬‰¡à·πàπÀ√◊Õ “¬
™”√ÿ¥
‡ªìπ™à«ßÊ À√◊Õ‡ ’¬ß
‡æ’È¬π
ë °“√µ—ßÈ ∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»
À√◊Õ
‡ ’¬ß ≈—∫‰ª¡“√–À«à“ß ‰¡à‡À¡“– ¡
‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ·≈–‡ ’¬ß ë ‡°‘¥ªí≠À“°“√ àß —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°
‚¡‚π∫àÕ¬Ê
Õ“°“»
ë µ√«® Õ∫ “¬Õ“°“» ·≈–°“√µàÕ “¬∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ ·≈–∑’ËΩ“ºπ—ß
7
ë ª√—∫∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»„À¡à
µ‘¥µàÕ¢Õ§”·π–π”‰¥â®“°µ—«·∑π®”Àπà“¬¢Õß‚´π’Ë
›
ë °¥ªÿÉ¡ A/B ®π°«à“À“®–‰¥â¬‘π‡ ’¬ß∑’Ë¥’¢÷Èπ
34
ç100é ª√“°Ø∑’Ë¥â“π ë ‰¡à¡’ —≠≠“≥‚∑√¿“æÕÕ°
∫π¢Õß®Õ¿“æÀ≈—ß®“° Õ“°“»„π™ËÕß√“¬°“√π—Èπ
‡«≈“ºà“π‰ªª√–¡“≥
10 «‘π“∑’ ·≈–‰¡à¡’°“√
· ¥ß —≠≠“≥‚∑√¿“æ
°“√· ¥ß —≠≠“≥
ë °“√µàÕ “¬‰¡à·πàπÀ√◊Õ “¬
‚∑√¿“æ‰¡à ¡∫Ÿ√≥å
™”√ÿ¥
(¿“æ‰¡à™—¥À√◊Õ¡’¿“æ
ë
∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»‰¡à‡À¡“–
´âÕπ)
¡
ë °“√ àß —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°Õ“°“»µË”
‡°‘π‰ª
¡’‡ âπ«‘Ëß∫π®Õ‚∑√∑—»πå ë ¡’ —≠≠“≥√∫°«π®“°¿“¬πÕ°
‡™àπ ‡§√◊ËÕß®—°√¢π“¥„À≠àÀ√◊Õ
∂“π’‚∑√∑—»πå∑’Ëµ—ÈßÕ¬Ÿà„°≈â∫â“π
∑à“π
98
Àπâ“
ë µ‘¥µ—Èß≈”‚æßµ—«πÕ°À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥å‰øøÑ“Õ◊ËπÊ „ÀâÀà“ß
®“°‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå Õ¬à“‡§≈◊ËÕπ¬â“¬‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πÏ„π¢≥–∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß‡ªî¥Õ¬Ÿà °¥ªÿÉ¡ !
(‡æ“‡«Õ√åÀ≈—°) ∫π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡æ◊ËÕªî¥
‡§√◊ËÕß ·≈â«√Õª√–¡“≥ 15 π“∑’ ®÷ß‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕßÕ’°
§√—Èß
ë ‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ çµ”·Àπàß¿“æé ®“°√“¬°“√ ç‡≈◊Õ°
‚ª√·°√¡é ·≈–ª√— ∫ ç√–π“∫¢Õß¿“æé ·≈–
ç√–π“∫·π«µ—Èßé ‡æ◊ËÕ„Àâ¿“æ¡’¢π“¥æÕ¥’°—∫®Õ¿“æ
’º‘¥ª°µ‘‡ªìπÀ¬àÕ¡Ê
ë ·√ß·¡à‡À≈Á°‰øøÑ“®“°≈”‚æß
µ—«πÕ°À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥åÕ◊ËπÊ À√◊Õ
∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß π“¡·¡à‡À≈Á°‚≈°
Õ“® àßº≈µàÕ‡§√◊ÕË ß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
«‘∏’·°â‰¢ª—≠À“
À√◊Õ
36
fi
ë µ√«® Õ∫ “¬Õ“°“» ·≈–°“√µàÕ “¬∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå ‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ«‘¥’‚Õ ·≈–∑’ËΩ“ºπ—ß
7
ë ª√—∫∑‘»∑“ß¢Õß‡ “Õ“°“»„À¡à
µ‘¥µàÕ¢Õ§”·π–π”‰¥â®“°µ—«·∑π®”Àπà“¬¢Õß‚´π’Ë
›
ë ∑¥≈Õß„™âÕÿª°√≥å¢¬“¬ —≠≠“≥
›
ë „™âøíß°å™—Ëπ°“√ª√—∫¿“æ·∫∫≈–‡Õ’¬¥ (çª√—∫™àÕß§¡™—¥é)
89
89
ë „™âøíß°å™—Ëπ°“√ª√—∫¿“æ·∫∫≈–‡Õ’¬¥ (çª√—∫™àÕß§¡
™—¥é)
Õ“°“√
√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß
ë ¢≥–∑’Ë¡’°“√ àß√–À«à“ß√“¬°“√
Õß√“¬°“√ ‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√
‡ª≈’Ë¬π‰ª∑—π∑’∑’Ëµ—Èß§à“
∑—»πåµ√«®æ∫√–∫∫ª√—∫
ç‡≈◊Õ°®Õ°«â“ß
Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ‡ªìπ ç‡ªî¥é ®Õ¿“æ∑’Ë‡À¡“– ¡ „π™à«ßπ—Èπ
Õ“®‡°‘¥√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß∑’Ë
‰¡à ¡∫Ÿ√≥å¢÷Èπ‰¥â
ë √–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ°«â“ß∂Ÿ°‡ª≈’Ë¬π
‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘®“°°“√√—∫
—≠≠“≥·∫∫ ID-1 À√◊Õ S1
«‘∏’·°â‰¢ª—≠À“
Àπâ“
24
fi
25
fi
ë √–∫∫ AUTO WIDE À¬ÿ¥
∑”ß“π™—Ë«¢≥–‡¡◊ËÕ∑à“π°¥ªÉÿ¡
·≈–®–∑”ß“πÕ’°§√—ÈßÀ≈—ß
®“°‡«≈“ºà“π‰ª´—°§√Ÿà
ë µ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç‡≈◊Õ°®Õ°«â“ßÕ—µ‚π¡—µ‘é ®“°
√“¬°“√ çª√—∫®Õ°«â“ßé ‡æ◊ËÕ°”Àπ¥√–∫∫ª√—∫®Õ
°«â“ß·∫∫‡≈◊Õ°ª√—∫‡Õß
81
ë „ à çMemory Stické ‰¡à
∂Ÿ°µâÕß
ë „ à çMemory Stické Õ¬à“ß∂Ÿ°«‘∏’
46
ë √“¬°“√ çMemory Stické
‰¡à· ¥ß
ë °¥ªÉÿ¡ MEMORY STICK
47
ë ‰¡à¡’‰ø≈å¿“æÀ√◊Õ¿“æ¬πµ√å„π
çMemory Stické
ë „ à çMemory Stické ∑’Ë∫√√®ÿ‰ø≈å¿“æÀ√◊Õ
¿“æ¬πµ√å
46
ë ª√–¡«≈º≈‰ø≈å¿“æÀ√◊Õ
¿“æ¬πµ√å®“°‡§√◊ËÕß
§Õ¡æ‘«‡µÕ√å
ë µ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’Ë ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ°·øâ¡
48
ª√“°Ø¢âÕ§«“¡ ç‰¡àæ∫ ë „ à çMemory Stické ‰¡à∂Ÿ°
Memory Stické
µâÕß
ë „ à çMemory Stické Õ¬à“ß∂Ÿ°«‘∏’
46
ª√“°Ø¢âÕ§«“¡
ë çMemory Stické º‘¥ª°µ‘
çMemory Stick º‘¥
ë çMemory Stické ‡ ’¬À“¬
æ≈“¥é
ë ‡≈◊Õ°™◊ËÕ‰ø≈å‰¡à∂Ÿ°µâÕß
ª√“°Ø¢âÕ§«“¡
ç‰ø≈åº¥‘ æ≈“¥é
ë ¥÷ß çMemory Stické ÕÕ° ·≈â«„ à‡¢â“‰ª„À¡à
46
ë „ à çMemory Stické µ—«Õ◊Ëπ
46
¿“æ„π çMemory
Stické ‰¡à· ¥ß
ª√“°Ø¢âÕ§«“¡
çFormat º‘¥æ≈“¥é
ë ‡°Á∫¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈„π çMemory
Stické ‰¡à∂Ÿ°µâÕß
fi
43
ë ∫—π∑÷°¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈≈ß„π çMemory Stické Õ¬à“ß∂Ÿ°«‘∏’
‚¥¬„™â°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈À√◊ÕÕÿª°√≥åÕ◊Ëπ À√◊Õ„ à
çMemory Stické µ—«Õ◊Ëπ∑’Ë∫—π∑÷°¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈Õ¬à“ß∂Ÿ°«‘∏’
42
¡’µàÕ
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ 99
°“√·°â‰¢ªí≠À“ (µàÕ)
Õ“°“√
«‘∏’·°â‰¢ª—≠À“
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ ç‡ªî¥é ∑’Ë ç°≈âÕß
¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ®–· ¥ß‰ø≈å‰¥â
2,000 ‰ø≈åÀ√◊ÕπâÕ¬°«à“π—Èπ
ë µ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ°
·øÑ¡
46
ë çMemory Stické µ—«∑’Ë„ à‡¢â“
‰ª‰¡à “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå
ë „ à çMemory Stické µ—«∑’Ë„™â‰¥â°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√
∑—»πå‡§√◊ÕË ßπ’È
46
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ ç‡ªî¥é ∑’Ë ç°≈âÕß
¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ‰¡à¡’‰ø≈å¿“æÀ√◊Õ
‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë‡ªî¥‰¥â∫√√®ÿ
„π·øÑ¡∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°®“° çMemory
Stické
ë µ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’ËÀ—«¢âÕ ç°≈âÕß¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ·≈â«‡≈◊Õ°
·øÑ¡
48
ë ‡¡◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“ çªî¥é ∑’Ë ç°≈âÕß
¥‘®‘µÕ≈é ‰¡à¡’‰ø≈å¿“æÀ√◊Õ
‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å∑’Ë‡ªî¥‰¥â∫√√®ÿ
„π·øÑ¡∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°®“° çMemory
Stické
ë ‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡Õ◊Ëπ∑’Ë¡’‰ø≈å¿“æÀ√◊Õ‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å
48
ë §Õ¡æ‘«‡µÕ√å‡ªìπµ—« √â“ß™◊ËÕ
‰ø≈å¢πÈ÷ ¡“
fi
ë ª≈¥≈ÁÕ° «‘µ™å
43
ë ‡≈◊Õ° ç¿“æ¬πµ√åé ®“°À—«¢âÕ
ç·øÑ¡é „π√“¬°“√ çª√—∫/µ—Èß
§à“é ·µà‰¡à¡’‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å
Õ¬Ÿà„π·øÑ¡∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°
ë ‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡∑’Ë¡’‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å
69
ë ‡≈◊Õ° ç¿“æπ‘Ëßé ®“°À—«¢âÕ
ç·øÑ¡é „π√“¬°“√ çª√—∫/µ—Èß
§à“é ·µà‰¡à¡’‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘ËßÕ¬Ÿà„π
·øÑ¡∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°
ë ‡≈◊Õ°·øÑ¡∑’Ë¡’‰ø≈å¿“æπ‘Ëß
69
›
fi
43
ë «‘µ™åªÑÕß°—π°“√≈∫¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈¢Õß
çMemory Stické Õ¬Ÿà∑’Ë
µ”·Àπàß≈ÁÕ° çLOCKé
ë ¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈„π‰ø≈å¿“æ¬πµ√å‡ ’¬À“¬
100
Àπâ“
Õ“°“√
‡≈àπ‡°¡ å¬‘ßªóπ‰¡à‰¥â
ë ‡°¡ å¬‘ßªóπ∫“ß‡°¡ å∑’Ë„™â
≈”· ß„π°“√‡≈Áß‰ª∑’Ë®Õ¿“æ
¥â«¬ª◊πÕ‘‡≈Á°∑√Õπ‘° åÀ√◊Õ
‰√‡ø‘≈‰¡à “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå‡§√◊ËÕßπ’È
”À√—∫√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥ ‚ª√¥¥Ÿ
§Ÿà¡◊Õ°“√„™âß“π∑’Ë¡“°—∫
´Õø·«√å«‘¥’‚Õ‡°¡ å
¡’‡ ’¬ß‡Õ’Í¬¥®“°µŸâ¢Õß ë ∫“ß§√—Èß°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π·ª≈ß
‡§√◊ÕË ß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
Õÿ≥À¿Ÿ¡¿‘ “¬„πÀâÕß∑”„Àâµ¢âŸ Õß
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå¢¬“¬À√◊Õ
À¥µ—«‰¥â ®÷ß∑”„Àâ‡°‘¥‡ ’¬ß ´÷Ëß
‰¡à‰¥âÀ¡“¬§«“¡«à“‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫
‚∑√∑—»πå∑”ß“πº‘¥ª°µ‘
¡’‰øøÈ“ ∂‘µ‡¡◊ËÕ —¡º— ë π’Ë‡ªÁπ≈—°…≥–‡¥’¬«°—π¢Õß
µŸâ¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ‰øøÑ“ ∂‘µ∑’Ë‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ‡¡◊ËÕ —¡º— ∑’Ë
®—∫ª√–µŸ‚≈À–À√◊Õª√–µŸ
√∂¬πµå ‚¥¬‡©æ“–Õ¬à“ß¬‘Ëß
‡¡◊ËÕÕ“°“»·Àâß ‡™àπ „πÀπâ“
Àπ“« ´÷Ëß‰¡à‰¥âÀ¡“¬§«“¡«à“
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå∑”ß“πº‘¥
ª°µ‘
«‘∏’·°â‰¢ª—≠À“
Àπâ“
_
fi
_
fi
_
fi
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ 101
√–∫∫µ√«® Õ∫µ—«‡Õß
‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå¢Õß∑à“π¡’√–∫∫µ√«® Õ∫µ—«‡Õß „π
°√≥’∑’Ë‡°‘¥ª—≠À“„¥Ê °—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå ‰ø —≠≠“≥
1 ( ·µπ∫“¬) ®–°–æ√‘∫‡ªìπ ’·¥ß ®”π«π§√—Èß∑’Ë‰ø
—≠≠“≥ 1 °–æ√‘∫À¡“¬∂÷ß “‡Àµÿ∑’Ë‡ªìπ‰ª‰¥â¢Õß
ªí≠À“¥—ß°≈à“«
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
PROG
MENU
1
1
2
3
4
µ√«® Õ∫«à“‰ø —≠≠“≥ 1 ’·¥ß°–æ√‘∫°’Ë§√—Èß„π™à«ß‡«≈“ 3 «‘π“∑’
π—∫®”π«π§√—Èß∑’Ë‰ø —≠≠“≥ 1 °–æ√‘∫
°¥ªÿÉ¡ ! (‡æ“‡«Õ√åÀ≈—°) ‡æ◊ËÕªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
·®âß®”π«π§√—Èß∑’Ë‰ø —≠≠“≥ 1 °–æ√‘∫∑’Ë»Ÿπ¬å∫√‘°“√‚´π’Ë„°≈â∫â“π∑à“π
Õ¬à“≈◊¡∫—π∑÷°™◊ËÕ√ÿàπ ·≈–À¡“¬‡≈¢‡§√◊ËÕß∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà∫π·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
102
‰ø —≠≠“≥
°“√‡√’¬°™◊ËÕ à«πª√–°Õ∫·≈–Õÿª°√≥å§«∫§ÿ¡
¥â“πÀπâ“·≈–¥â“π„π¢Õß·ºß·∫∫‡ªî¥‰¥â
·ºß¥â“πÀπâ“
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
3
PROG
MENU
2
1
¥â“π„π¢Õß·ºß·∫∫‡ªî¥‰¥â
L(MONO)
R
AUTO PROG
4
qd qs
PROG
MENU
qa
0 9
8
7 654
ªÉÿ¡/¢—È«µàÕ
1!
2
‰ø —≠≠“≥ çMemory Stické
3
™àÕß‡ ’¬∫ çMemory Stické
4 PROG +/–
5 2 +/–
6t
7
8 F/f/G/g
9 MENU
q; AUTO PROG
qa t 4 (
R)
qs t 4 (
qd i
,
L(MONO)/
)
øíß°å™πË—
Àπâ“
ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå·∫∫∂“«√
À√◊Õ‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß
°–æ√‘∫‡¡◊ËÕ çMemory Stické
°”≈—ßÕà“π¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈
„ à çMemory Stické ‡¢â“‰ª„π™àÕßπ’È
‡≈◊Õ°À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√
ª√—∫√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß
‡≈◊Õ° —≠≠“≥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
À√◊Õ —≠≠“≥«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“
¬◊π¬—π°“√‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ
‡≈◊Õ°À—«¢âÕ®“°√“¬°“√
· ¥ß√“¬°“√ —Ëßß“π
µ—Èß™àÕß√“¬°“√·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫™àÕß —≠≠“≥¿“æ/‡ ’¬ßÕÕ°
¢ÕßÕÿª°√≥å
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫™àÕß —≠≠“≥ S video ÕÕ°
¢ÕßÕÿª°√≥å«‘¥’‚Õ
∑’‡Ë ’¬∫ÀŸøßí
18
46
45
17
18
18
73
73
73
71
11
11
›
¡’µàÕ
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ 103
°“√‡√’¬°™◊ËÕ à«πª√–°Õ∫·≈–Õÿª°√≥å§«∫§ÿ¡ (µàÕ)
·ºß¥â“πÀ≈—ß
C
#
3
120W MAX 8Ω
Y
Y
G
PB/
CB
PB/
CB
B
PR/
CR
R
PR/
CR
(MONO)
L
L
L
R
R
HD
SYNC
VD
R
1
2
3
1
1
2
3 4
2
5
¢—«È µàÕ
1
2 t 1/t 2/t 3
3 T
4
1
5
2
6 SYNC HD/VD
7
8 8
104
6
7
8
Àπâ“
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫™àÕß —≠≠“≥ S video ÕÕ°
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß/¿“æÕÕ°
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß/¿“æ‡¢â“
¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß‡ ’¬ß/Õÿª°√≥å«‘¥’‚Õ
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫™àÕß —≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå
«‘¥’‚ÕÕÕ°¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫™àÕß —≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå
«‘¥’‚ÕÕÕ°¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß‡≈àπ¥’«’¥’
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ —≠≠“≥‚∑√∑—»πå
·∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈∑’Ë¡’™àÕß —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°·∫∫
G/B/R/HD/VD
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫™àÕß —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°·∫∫
HD/VD ∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫ —≠≠“≥‚∑√∑—»πå
·∫∫¥‘®‘µÕ≈
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫¢—È«µàÕ≈”‚æß∑’Ë‡§√◊ËÕß¢¬“¬‡ ’¬ß
‡™◊ËÕ¡µàÕ°—∫ “¬Õ“°“»
8
8
12
13
13
15
15
16
7
√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
™◊ËÕ/ —≠≈—°…≥å¢ÕßªÿÉ¡∫π√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈®–„™â ’µà“ß°—π‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß
øíß°å™—Ëπ„π°“√„™âß“π
VIDEO
1
2
3
4
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
5
ø—ß°å™—Ëπ¢ÕßªÿÉ¡
’¢“«
’‡¢’¬«
’‡À≈◊Õß
’™¡æŸ
”À√—∫°“√„™âß“π‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πåµ“¡ª°µ‘
”À√—∫°“√„™âß“π√–∫∫‚∑√¿“æ
”À√—∫°“√„™âß“π¿“æ·∫∫· ¥ß Õß¿“æ (TWIN)
”À√—∫°“√„™âß“πÕÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
’¢Õß —≠≈—°…≥å
IN
6
G–
7
ªÉÿ¡
HD/DVD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
JUMP
8
1 ?/1
9
2
3 %
0
4 MEMORY STICK
PROG
5 V CENTER
qa
OPTION
7 t
RESET
qs
qd
TV
6 HD/DVD
8 a
qf
9 0 – 9, q; JUMP
qa PROG +/–
qs
qd
qf 2 +/›
Àπâ“
ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå™—Ë«§√“«
À√◊Õ‡ªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß
ë · ¥ß¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥∫π®Õ¿“æ
ë ‡ªî¥¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æ∑’Ë´àÕπ‰«â
ªî¥‡ ’¬ß
· ¥ß ç√“¬°“√ Memory Stické
‡¡◊ÕË ‡ ’¬∫ çMemory Stické ‡¢â“‰ª„π™àÕß
ª√—∫µ”·Àπàß¿“æ·π«µ—Èß
‡≈◊Õ° —≠≠“≥§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå‡¢â“
ë ‡≈◊Õ° —≠≠“≥‚∑√∑—»πåÀ√◊Õ«‘¥’‚Õ‡¢â“
ë À¬ÿ¥Àπâ“®Õ‚∑√¿“æ‰¡à„Àâ‡≈◊ËÕπµàÕ‰ª
ë · ¥ß√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå
ë ªî¥√–∫∫‚∑√¿“æ
„ àÀ¡“¬‡≈¢
°≈—∫‰ª¬—ß™àÕß√“¬°“√°àÕπÀπâ“π’È
‡≈◊Õ°À¡“¬‡≈¢√“¬°“√
ë µ—Èß§à“‡æ◊ËÕªî¥‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
·∫∫Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
ë · ¥ßÀπâ“®Õ‚∑√∑—»πå
¢≥–√ÕÀπâ“®Õ‚∑√¿“æ
ë µ—Èß§à“‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
„Àâ‡ªî¥‚¥¬Õ—µ‚π¡—µ‘
ë · ¥ß°“√∫√‘°“√ —≠≠“≥‚∑√¿“æ
®“° “√∫—≠
ª√—∫√–¥—∫‡ ’¬ß
17
18
37
18
46
27
18
18
37
18
36
17
18
17
19
37
19
37
18
¡’µàÕ
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ 105
°“√‡√’¬°™◊ËÕ à«πª√–°Õ∫·≈–Õÿª°√≥å§«∫§ÿ¡ (µàÕ)
ªÉÿ¡
qg
VIDEO
CENTER SP
MEMORY STICK
A/B
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
P RO
V CENTER
PROG
INDEX
MENU
MODE
DRC-MF
PALETTE
IN
G–
wf
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
0
JUMP
qh
22
qj
qk
ql
w;
ws
wg
wh
wj
wk
wl
PROG
e;
wd
wf
wg
OPTION
RESET
wh
ea
TV
wj
es
wk
wl
e;
ea
es
106
Àπâ“
39
38
wa
HD/DVD
7
qh
qj
qk
ql
w;
wa
ws
wd
qg VIDEO ?/1
ë ‡æ“‡«Õ√å
ë „™â√à«¡°—∫ªÿÉ¡µ—«‡≈¢
‡æ◊ËÕµ—Èß§à“√’‚¡∑§Õπ‚∑√≈
DRC-MF
ª√—∫√–¥—∫§«“¡ ¡®√‘ß
PALETTE
·≈–§«“¡§¡™—¥¢Õß¿“æ
DRC-MF MODE ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥ DRC-MF
CENTER SP
‡≈◊Õ°≈”‚æß°≈“ß¢Õß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
A/B
ë ‡≈◊Õ°‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ/‡ ’¬ß 2 ¿“…“
ë ¢¬“¬Àπâ“®Õ —≠≠“≥‚∑√¿“æ
PROG INDEX
· ¥ß√“¬°“√‚∑√∑—»πå∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
∑’°Ë ”Àπ¥‰«â≈à«ßÀπâ“
MENU
· ¥ß√“¬°“√
ë ‡≈◊Õ° ª√—∫§à“ ·≈–¬◊π¬—π
À—«¢âÕ∑’Ë‡≈◊Õ°®“°√“¬°“√
ë ‡≈◊Õ°√“¬°“√®“°®Õ¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
ë ‡≈◊Õ°‚ª√·°√¡∑’ËµâÕß°“√®“°
PROGRAM INDEX
ë „™âß“πÕÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡
≈—∫¿“æ√–À«à“ß¿“æ¥â“π´â“¬
·≈–¿“æ¥â“π¢«“
· ¥ßÀπâ“¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æ∫π®Õ¿“æ
≈—∫‡ ’¬ß√–À«à“ß‡ ’¬ß®“°≈”‚æß¢«“
·≈–≈”‚æß´â“¬
· ¥ßÀπâ“¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‚∑√¿“æ∫π®Õ¿“æ
(·¥ß)
ë ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥¿“æ
ë ‡¢â“ Ÿà√“¬°“√ FASTEXT
(‡¢’¬«) ë ‡≈◊Õ°‚À¡¥‡ ’¬ß
(πÈ”‡ß‘π) ë ‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫ 16:9
(‡À≈◊Õß) ë ‡≈◊Õ°√–∫∫‡´Õ√å√“«¥å
RESET
¬°‡≈‘°°“√µ—Èß§à“
‡æ◊ËÕ°≈—∫‰ª‡ªìπ§à“∑’Ëµ—Èß®“°‚√ßß“π
OPTION
„™âªÉÿ¡
‡æ◊ËÕ —Ëßß“πÕÿª°√≥å‡ √‘¡
IN
TW
PRO
G+
TW
PRO
IN
G–
21
41
34
37
31
73
73
30
31
39
29
28
29
36
20
37
20
37
26
37
33
37
72
39
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ 107
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–
KV-HR36 M61
√–∫∫‰øøÑ“∑’Ë„™âß“π
°“√ ‘Èπ‡ª≈◊Õß°”≈—ß‰ø («—µµå)
√–∫∫‚∑√∑—»πå
√–∫∫ ’
¿“…“∑’Ë “¡“√∂„™â°—∫√–∫∫
‚∑√¿“æ‰¥â
√–∫∫‡ ’¬ß ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ/2 ¿“…“
§√Õ∫§ÿ¡™àÕß —≠≠“≥
B/G
I
D/K
M
8
(‡ “Õ“°“»)
°”≈—ß¢—∫‡ ’¬ß (≈”‚æß)
3D Woofer
220 › 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
√–∫ÿ∑’Ë¥â“πÀ≈—ß‡§√◊ËÕß√—∫‚∑√∑—»πå
B/G, I, D/K, M
PAL, PAL 60, SECAM, NTSC4.43, NTSC3.58
¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ… ¿“…“‡ªÕ√å‡´’¬ ¿“…“Ω√—Ëß‡» ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ NICAM/√–∫∫ Õß¿“…“ B/G, I, D/K;
√–∫∫ A2 ‡µÕ√‘‚Õ, Õß¿“…“ (‡¬Õ√¡—π) B/G
VHF : E2 ∂÷ß E12 / UHF : E21 ∂÷ß E69 / CATV : S01 ∂÷ß S03, S1 ∂÷ß S41
UHF : B21 ∂÷ß B68 / CATV : S01 ∂÷ß S03, S1 ∂÷ß S41
VHF : C1 ∂÷ß C12, R1 ∂÷ß R12 / UHF : C13 ∂÷ß C57, R21
∂÷ß R60 / CATV : S01 ∂÷ß S03, S1 ∂÷ß S41, Z1 ∂÷ß Z39
VHF : A2 ∂÷ß A13 / UHF : A14 ∂÷ß A79/
CATV : A-8 ∂÷ß A-2, A ∂÷ß W+4, W+6 ∂÷ß W+84
¢—È«µàÕ “¬Õ“°“»¿“¬πÕ° 75 ‚ÕÀå¡
7.5 «—µµå + 7.5 «—µµå
15 «—µµå
®”π«π™àÕßµàÕ —≠≠“≥
(™àÕß —≠≠“≥¿“æ) ™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“: 4
(™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡ ’¬ß) ™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“: 6
™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“: 2
(S «‘¥’‚Õ)
(§Õ¡‚æ‡ππµå
«‘¥’‚Õ)
™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“: 2
(G/B/R/HD/
VD «‘¥’‚Õ)
™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“: 1
(≈”‚æß‡ ’¬ß ™àÕß —≠≠“≥‡¢â“: 1
°≈“ß)
™àÕß —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°: 1
i (ÀŸø—ß)
À≈Õ¥¿“æ
¢π“¥À≈Õ¥¿“æ (´¡.)
(«—¥„π·π«∑·¬ß¡ÿ¡)
¢π“¥®Õ¿“æ (´¡.)
(«—¥„π·π«∑·¬ß¡ÿ¡)
¢π“¥ (°/ /≈, ¡¡.)
πÈ”Àπ—° (°°.)
™àÕß —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°: 1
Phono jacks; 1 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡
™àÕß —≠≠“≥ÕÕ°: 1
Phono jacks; 500mVrms
Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡, unbalances, sync negative
C: 0.286 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡
Phono jacks
Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡, sync negative
PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡
PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡
Audio: 500 mVrms
Phono jacks
G: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡, B: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡,
R: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡
HD: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡, VD: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ‚ÕÀå¡
Ÿß ÿ¥ 120 «—µµå, 8 ‚ÕÀå¡
Stereo minijack
36 π‘È«
93
86
994 × 652 × 605
88
°“√ÕÕ°·∫∫·≈–¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈®”‡æ“–Õ“®¡’°“√‡ª≈’Ë¬π·ª≈ß‚¥¬‰¡àµâÕß·®âß„Àâ∑√“∫≈à«ßÀπâ“
∫√‘…—∑ ‚´π’Ë‰∑¬ ®”°—¥
2126 Õ“§“√°√¡¥‘…∞å ∂.‡æ™√∫ÿ√’µ—¥„À¡à
∫“ß°–ªî Àâ«¬¢«“ß °√ÿß‡∑æœ 10320
Printed in Japan

2 - Sony Asia Pacific

Transcription

Documents pareils

“√∫”∫—¥√—°…“ºŸâ‡ æ¬“

àß ‰ø≈åº à“π‡§√ Õ¢à“¬ FTP ¥â« ¬ FileZilla

Executive Talk.... Stock Market Outlook.... TOP 10 Favourite Stocks

π«∑“ß°“√«`π`

3-thai music - ThaiScience